|
1
|
1 // Windows Template Library - WTL version 10.0
|
|
|
2 // Copyright (C) Microsoft Corporation, WTL Team. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
3 //
|
|
|
4 // This file is a part of the Windows Template Library.
|
|
|
5 // The use and distribution terms for this software are covered by the
|
|
|
6 // Microsoft Public License (http://opensource.org/licenses/MS-PL)
|
|
|
7 // which can be found in the file MS-PL.txt at the root folder.
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
9 #ifndef __ATLDLGS_H__
|
|
|
10 #define __ATLDLGS_H__
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
12 #pragma once
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #ifndef __ATLAPP_H__
|
|
|
15 #error atldlgs.h requires atlapp.h to be included first
|
|
|
16 #endif
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 #ifndef __ATLWIN_H__
|
|
|
19 #error atldlgs.h requires atlwin.h to be included first
|
|
|
20 #endif
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #include <shlobj.h>
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 #if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
25 #include <shobjidl.h>
|
|
|
26 #endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
29 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
30 // Classes in this file:
|
|
|
31 //
|
|
|
32 // CFileDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
33 // CFileDialog
|
|
|
34 // CSimpleFileDialog
|
|
|
35 // CMultiFileDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
36 // CMultiFileDialog
|
|
|
37 // CShellFileDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
38 // CShellFileOpenDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
39 // CShellFileOpenDialog
|
|
|
40 // CShellFileSaveDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
41 // CShellFileSaveDialog
|
|
|
42 // CFolderDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
43 // CFolderDialog
|
|
|
44 // CFontDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
45 // CFontDialog
|
|
|
46 // CRichEditFontDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
47 // CRichEditFontDialog
|
|
|
48 // CColorDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
49 // CColorDialog
|
|
|
50 // CPrintDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
51 // CPrintDialog
|
|
|
52 // CPrintDialogExImpl<T>
|
|
|
53 // CPrintDialogEx
|
|
|
54 // CPageSetupDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
55 // CPageSetupDialog
|
|
|
56 // CFindReplaceDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
57 // CFindReplaceDialog
|
|
|
58 //
|
|
|
59 // CDialogBaseUnits
|
|
|
60 // CMemDlgTemplate
|
|
|
61 // CIndirectDialogImpl<T, TDlgTemplate, TBase>
|
|
|
62 //
|
|
|
63 // CPropertySheetWindow
|
|
|
64 // CPropertySheetImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
65 // CPropertySheet
|
|
|
66 // CPropertyPageWindow
|
|
|
67 // CPropertyPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
68 // CPropertyPage<t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
69 // CAxPropertyPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
70 // CAxPropertyPage<t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
71 //
|
|
|
72 // CWizard97SheetWindow
|
|
|
73 // CWizard97SheetImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
74 // CWizard97Sheet
|
|
|
75 // CWizard97PageWindow
|
|
|
76 // CWizard97PageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
77 // CWizard97ExteriorPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
78 // CWizard97InteriorPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
79 //
|
|
|
80 // CAeroWizardFrameWindow
|
|
|
81 // CAeroWizardFrameImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
82 // CAeroWizardFrame
|
|
|
83 // CAeroWizardPageWindow
|
|
|
84 // CAeroWizardPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
85 // CAeroWizardPage<t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
86 // CAeroWizardAxPageImpl<T, TBase>
|
|
|
87 // CAeroWizardAxPage<t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
88 //
|
|
|
89 // CTaskDialogConfig
|
|
|
90 // CTaskDialogImpl<T>
|
|
|
91 // CTaskDialog
|
|
|
92 //
|
|
|
93 // Global functions:
|
|
|
94 // AtlTaskDialog()
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 namespace WTL
|
|
|
98 {
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
101 // CFileDialogImpl - used for File Open or File Save As
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
103 template <class T>
|
|
|
104 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CFileDialogImpl : public ATL::CDialogImplBase
|
|
|
105 {
|
|
|
106 public:
|
|
|
107 OPENFILENAME m_ofn;
|
|
|
108 BOOL m_bOpenFileDialog; // TRUE for file open, FALSE for file save
|
|
|
109 TCHAR m_szFileTitle[_MAX_FNAME]; // contains file title after return
|
|
|
110 TCHAR m_szFileName[_MAX_PATH]; // contains full path name after return
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 CFileDialogImpl(BOOL bOpenFileDialog, // TRUE for FileOpen, FALSE for FileSaveAs
|
|
|
113 LPCTSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
114 LPCTSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
115 DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT,
|
|
|
116 LPCTSTR lpszFilter = NULL,
|
|
|
117 HWND hWndParent = NULL) : m_bOpenFileDialog(bOpenFileDialog)
|
|
|
118 {
|
|
|
119 memset(&m_ofn, 0, sizeof(m_ofn)); // initialize structure to 0/NULL
|
|
|
120 m_ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(m_ofn);
|
|
|
121 m_ofn.lpstrFile = m_szFileName;
|
|
|
122 m_ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH;
|
|
|
123 m_ofn.lpstrDefExt = lpszDefExt;
|
|
|
124 m_ofn.lpstrFileTitle = (LPTSTR)m_szFileTitle;
|
|
|
125 m_ofn.nMaxFileTitle = _MAX_FNAME;
|
|
|
126 m_ofn.Flags = dwFlags | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLEHOOK | OFN_ENABLESIZING;
|
|
|
127 m_ofn.lpstrFilter = lpszFilter;
|
|
|
128 m_ofn.hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
129 m_ofn.lpfnHook = (LPOFNHOOKPROC)T::StartDialogProc;
|
|
|
130 m_ofn.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 m_szFileName[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
133 m_szFileTitle[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
135 // setup initial file name
|
|
|
136 if(lpszFileName != NULL)
|
|
|
137 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(m_szFileName, _countof(m_szFileName), lpszFileName, _TRUNCATE);
|
|
|
138 }
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
140 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
141 {
|
|
|
142 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_ENABLEHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
143 ATLASSERT(m_ofn.lpfnHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
145 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 if(m_ofn.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
148 m_ofn.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
152 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
153 BOOL bRetTh = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
154 if(bRetTh == FALSE)
|
|
|
155 {
|
|
|
156 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
157 return -1;
|
|
|
158 }
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (ATL::CDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
162 BOOL bRet = (m_bOpenFileDialog != FALSE) ? ::GetOpenFileName(&m_ofn) : ::GetSaveFileName(&m_ofn);
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
166 return (bRet != FALSE) ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
167 }
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 // Attributes
|
|
|
170 ATL::CWindow GetFileDialogWindow() const
|
|
|
171 {
|
|
|
172 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
173 return ATL::CWindow(GetParent());
|
|
|
174 }
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176 int GetFilePath(LPTSTR lpstrFilePath, int nLength) const
|
|
|
177 {
|
|
|
178 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
179 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
181 return (int)GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_GETFILEPATH, nLength, (LPARAM)lpstrFilePath);
|
|
|
182 }
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 int GetFolderIDList(LPVOID lpBuff, int nLength) const
|
|
|
185 {
|
|
|
186 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
187 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
188
|
|
|
189 return (int)GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_GETFOLDERIDLIST, nLength, (LPARAM)lpBuff);
|
|
|
190 }
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
192 int GetFolderPath(LPTSTR lpstrFolderPath, int nLength) const
|
|
|
193 {
|
|
|
194 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
195 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
196
|
|
|
197 return (int)GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_GETFOLDERPATH, nLength, (LPARAM)lpstrFolderPath);
|
|
|
198 }
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
200 int GetSpec(LPTSTR lpstrSpec, int nLength) const
|
|
|
201 {
|
|
|
202 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
203 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
205 return (int)GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_GETSPEC, nLength, (LPARAM)lpstrSpec);
|
|
|
206 }
|
|
|
207
|
|
|
208 void SetControlText(int nCtrlID, LPCTSTR lpstrText)
|
|
|
209 {
|
|
|
210 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
211 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT, nCtrlID, (LPARAM)lpstrText);
|
|
|
214 }
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
216 void SetDefExt(LPCTSTR lpstrExt)
|
|
|
217 {
|
|
|
218 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
219 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
221 GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_SETDEFEXT, 0, (LPARAM)lpstrExt);
|
|
|
222 }
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
224 BOOL GetReadOnlyPref() const // return TRUE if readonly checked
|
|
|
225 {
|
|
|
226 return ((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_READONLY) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
227 }
|
|
|
228
|
|
|
229 // Operations
|
|
|
230 void HideControl(int nCtrlID)
|
|
|
231 {
|
|
|
232 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
233 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(CDM_HIDECONTROL, nCtrlID);
|
|
|
236 }
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 // Special override for common dialogs
|
|
|
239 BOOL EndDialog(INT_PTR /*nRetCode*/ = 0)
|
|
|
240 {
|
|
|
241 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
242 GetFileDialogWindow().SendMessage(WM_COMMAND, MAKEWPARAM(IDCANCEL, 0));
|
|
|
243 return TRUE;
|
|
|
244 }
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
246 // Message map and handlers
|
|
|
247 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CFileDialogImpl)
|
|
|
248 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_FILEOK, _OnFileOK)
|
|
|
249 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_FOLDERCHANGE, _OnFolderChange)
|
|
|
250 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_HELP, _OnHelp)
|
|
|
251 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_INITDONE, _OnInitDone)
|
|
|
252 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_SELCHANGE, _OnSelChange)
|
|
|
253 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_SHAREVIOLATION, _OnShareViolation)
|
|
|
254 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_TYPECHANGE, _OnTypeChange)
|
|
|
255 NOTIFY_CODE_HANDLER(CDN_INCLUDEITEM, _OnIncludeItem)
|
|
|
256 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 LRESULT _OnFileOK(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
259 {
|
|
|
260 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
261 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
262 return !pT->OnFileOK((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
263 }
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
265 LRESULT _OnFolderChange(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
266 {
|
|
|
267 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
268 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
269 pT->OnFolderChange((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
270 return 0;
|
|
|
271 }
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 LRESULT _OnHelp(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
274 {
|
|
|
275 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
276 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
277 pT->OnHelp((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
278 return 0;
|
|
|
279 }
|
|
|
280
|
|
|
281 LRESULT _OnInitDone(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
284 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
285 pT->OnInitDone((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
286 return 0;
|
|
|
287 }
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
289 LRESULT _OnSelChange(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
290 {
|
|
|
291 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
292 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
293 pT->OnSelChange((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
294 return 0;
|
|
|
295 }
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 LRESULT _OnShareViolation(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
298 {
|
|
|
299 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
300 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
301 return pT->OnShareViolation((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
304 LRESULT _OnTypeChange(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
305 {
|
|
|
306 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
307 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
308 pT->OnTypeChange((LPOFNOTIFY)pnmh);
|
|
|
309 return 0;
|
|
|
310 }
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
312 LRESULT _OnIncludeItem(int /*idCtrl*/, LPNMHDR pnmh, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
313 {
|
|
|
314 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
315 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
316 return pT->OnIncludeItem((LPOFNOTIFYEX)pnmh);
|
|
|
317 }
|
|
|
318
|
|
|
319 // Overrideables
|
|
|
320 BOOL OnFileOK(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
321 {
|
|
|
322 return TRUE;
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 void OnFolderChange(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 }
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 void OnHelp(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
330 {
|
|
|
331 }
|
|
|
332
|
|
|
333 void OnInitDone(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 void OnSelChange(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
338 {
|
|
|
339 }
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 int OnShareViolation(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
342 {
|
|
|
343 return 0;
|
|
|
344 }
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
346 void OnTypeChange(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
347 {
|
|
|
348 }
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
350 BOOL OnIncludeItem(LPOFNOTIFYEX /*lponex*/)
|
|
|
351 {
|
|
|
352 return TRUE; // include item
|
|
|
353 }
|
|
|
354 };
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
356 class CFileDialog : public CFileDialogImpl<CFileDialog>
|
|
|
357 {
|
|
|
358 public:
|
|
|
359 CFileDialog(BOOL bOpenFileDialog, // TRUE for FileOpen, FALSE for FileSaveAs
|
|
|
360 LPCTSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
361 LPCTSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
362 DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT,
|
|
|
363 LPCTSTR lpszFilter = NULL,
|
|
|
364 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
365 : CFileDialogImpl<CFileDialog>(bOpenFileDialog, lpszDefExt, lpszFileName, dwFlags, lpszFilter, hWndParent)
|
|
|
366 { }
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
368 // override base class map and references to handlers
|
|
|
369 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
370 };
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372
|
|
|
373 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
374 // CSimpleFileDialog - simple class for non-customized Open/SaveAs dialogs
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
376 class CSimpleFileDialog
|
|
|
377 {
|
|
|
378 public:
|
|
|
379 OPENFILENAME m_ofn;
|
|
|
380 BOOL m_bOpenFileDialog; // TRUE for file open, FALSE for file save
|
|
|
381 TCHAR m_szFileTitle[_MAX_FNAME]; // contains file title after return
|
|
|
382 TCHAR m_szFileName[_MAX_PATH]; // contains full path name after return
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 CSimpleFileDialog(BOOL bOpenFileDialog, // TRUE for FileOpen, FALSE for FileSaveAs
|
|
|
385 LPCTSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
386 LPCTSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
387 DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT,
|
|
|
388 LPCTSTR lpszFilter = NULL,
|
|
|
389 HWND hWndParent = NULL) : m_bOpenFileDialog(bOpenFileDialog)
|
|
|
390 {
|
|
|
391 memset(&m_ofn, 0, sizeof(m_ofn)); // initialize structure to 0/NULL
|
|
|
392 m_ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(m_ofn);
|
|
|
393 m_ofn.lpstrFile = m_szFileName;
|
|
|
394 m_ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH;
|
|
|
395 m_ofn.lpstrDefExt = lpszDefExt;
|
|
|
396 m_ofn.lpstrFileTitle = (LPTSTR)m_szFileTitle;
|
|
|
397 m_ofn.nMaxFileTitle = _MAX_FNAME;
|
|
|
398 m_ofn.Flags = dwFlags | OFN_EXPLORER | OFN_ENABLESIZING;
|
|
|
399 m_ofn.lpstrFilter = lpszFilter;
|
|
|
400 m_ofn.hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
401 m_ofn.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
403 m_szFileName[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
404 m_szFileTitle[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
406 // setup initial file name
|
|
|
407 if(lpszFileName != NULL)
|
|
|
408 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(m_szFileName, _countof(m_szFileName), lpszFileName, _TRUNCATE);
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
412 {
|
|
|
413 ATLASSERT((m_ofn.Flags & OFN_EXPLORER) != 0);
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 if(m_ofn.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
416 m_ofn.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
418 BOOL bRet = (m_bOpenFileDialog != FALSE) ? ::GetOpenFileName(&m_ofn) : ::GetSaveFileName(&m_ofn);
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 return (bRet != FALSE) ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
421 }
|
|
|
422 };
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424
|
|
|
425 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
426 // Multi File Dialog - Multi-select File Open dialog
|
|
|
427
|
|
|
428 // The class dynamically resizes the buffer as the file selection changes
|
|
|
429 // (as described in Knowledge Base article 131462). It also expands selected
|
|
|
430 // shortcut files to take into account the full path of the target file.
|
|
|
431 // Note that this doesn't work on Win9x for the old style dialogs, as well as
|
|
|
432 // on NT for non-Unicode builds.
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
434 #ifndef _WTL_FIXED_OFN_BUFFER_LENGTH
|
|
|
435 #define _WTL_FIXED_OFN_BUFFER_LENGTH 0x10000
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437
|
|
|
438 template <class T>
|
|
|
439 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CMultiFileDialogImpl : public CFileDialogImpl< T >
|
|
|
440 {
|
|
|
441 public:
|
|
|
442 mutable LPCTSTR m_pNextFile;
|
|
|
443 #ifndef _UNICODE
|
|
|
444 bool m_bIsNT;
|
|
|
445 #endif
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 CMultiFileDialogImpl(
|
|
|
448 LPCTSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
449 LPCTSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
450 DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY,
|
|
|
451 LPCTSTR lpszFilter = NULL,
|
|
|
452 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
453 : CFileDialogImpl<T>(TRUE, lpszDefExt, lpszFileName, dwFlags, lpszFilter, hWndParent),
|
|
|
454 m_pNextFile(NULL)
|
|
|
455 {
|
|
|
456 this->m_ofn.Flags |= OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT; // Force multiple selection mode
|
|
|
457
|
|
|
458 #ifndef _UNICODE
|
|
|
459 #ifdef _versionhelpers_H_INCLUDED_
|
|
|
460 OSVERSIONINFOEX ovi = { sizeof(OSVERSIONINFOEX) };
|
|
|
461 ovi.dwPlatformId = VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT;
|
|
|
462 DWORDLONG const dwlConditionMask = ::VerSetConditionMask(0, VER_PLATFORMID, VER_EQUAL);
|
|
|
463 m_bIsNT = (::VerifyVersionInfo(&ovi, VER_PLATFORMID, dwlConditionMask) != FALSE);
|
|
|
464 #else // !_versionhelpers_H_INCLUDED_
|
|
|
465 OSVERSIONINFO ovi = { sizeof(OSVERSIONINFO) };
|
|
|
466 ::GetVersionEx(&ovi);
|
|
|
467 m_bIsNT = (ovi.dwPlatformId == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT);
|
|
|
468 #endif // _versionhelpers_H_INCLUDED_
|
|
|
469 if (m_bIsNT)
|
|
|
470 {
|
|
|
471 // On NT platforms, GetOpenFileNameA thunks to GetOpenFileNameW and there
|
|
|
472 // is absolutely nothing we can do except to start off with a large buffer.
|
|
|
473 ATLVERIFY(ResizeFilenameBuffer(_WTL_FIXED_OFN_BUFFER_LENGTH));
|
|
|
474 }
|
|
|
475 #endif
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 ~CMultiFileDialogImpl()
|
|
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 if (this->m_ofn.lpstrFile != this->m_szFileName) // Free the buffer if we allocated it
|
|
|
481 delete[] this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
482 }
|
|
|
483
|
|
|
484 // Operations
|
|
|
485 // Get the directory that the files were chosen from.
|
|
|
486 // The function returns the number of characters copied, not including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
487 // If the buffer is NULL, the function returns the required size, in characters, including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
488 // If the function fails, the return value is zero.
|
|
|
489 int GetDirectory(LPTSTR pBuffer, int nBufLen) const
|
|
|
490 {
|
|
|
491 if (this->m_ofn.lpstrFile == NULL)
|
|
|
492 return 0;
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
494 LPCTSTR pStr = this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
495 int nLength = lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
496 if (pStr[nLength + 1] == 0)
|
|
|
497 {
|
|
|
498 // The OFN buffer contains a single item so extract its path.
|
|
|
499 LPCTSTR pSep = _tcsrchr(pStr, _T('\\'));
|
|
|
500 if (pSep != NULL)
|
|
|
501 nLength = (int)(DWORD_PTR)(pSep - pStr);
|
|
|
502 }
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 int nRet = 0;
|
|
|
505 if (pBuffer == NULL) // If the buffer is NULL, return the required length
|
|
|
506 {
|
|
|
507 nRet = nLength + 1;
|
|
|
508 }
|
|
|
509 else if (nBufLen > nLength)
|
|
|
510 {
|
|
|
511 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, pStr, nLength);
|
|
|
512 nRet = nLength;
|
|
|
513 }
|
|
|
514
|
|
|
515 return nRet;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517
|
|
|
518 #ifdef __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
519 bool GetDirectory(ATL::CString& strDir) const
|
|
|
520 {
|
|
|
521 bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
523 int nLength = GetDirectory(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
524 if (nLength > 0)
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 bRet = (GetDirectory(strDir.GetBuffer(nLength), nLength) > 0);
|
|
|
527 strDir.ReleaseBuffer(nLength - 1);
|
|
|
528 }
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 return bRet;
|
|
|
531 }
|
|
|
532 #endif // __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
534 // Get the first filename as a pointer into the buffer.
|
|
|
535 LPCTSTR GetFirstFileName() const
|
|
|
536 {
|
|
|
537 if (this->m_ofn.lpstrFile == NULL)
|
|
|
538 return NULL;
|
|
|
539
|
|
|
540 m_pNextFile = NULL; // Reset internal buffer pointer
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 LPCTSTR pStr = this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
543 int nLength = lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
544 if (pStr[nLength + 1] != 0)
|
|
|
545 {
|
|
|
546 // Multiple items were selected. The first string is the directory,
|
|
|
547 // so skip forwards to the second string.
|
|
|
548 pStr += nLength + 1;
|
|
|
549
|
|
|
550 // Set up m_pNext so it points to the second item (or null).
|
|
|
551 m_pNextFile = pStr;
|
|
|
552 GetNextFileName();
|
|
|
553 }
|
|
|
554 else
|
|
|
555 {
|
|
|
556 // A single item was selected. Skip forward past the path.
|
|
|
557 LPCTSTR pSep = _tcsrchr(pStr, _T('\\'));
|
|
|
558 if (pSep != NULL)
|
|
|
559 pStr = pSep + 1;
|
|
|
560 }
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
562 return pStr;
|
|
|
563 }
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 // Get the next filename as a pointer into the buffer.
|
|
|
566 LPCTSTR GetNextFileName() const
|
|
|
567 {
|
|
|
568 if (m_pNextFile == NULL)
|
|
|
569 return NULL;
|
|
|
570
|
|
|
571 LPCTSTR pStr = m_pNextFile;
|
|
|
572 // Set "m_pNextFile" to point to the next file name, or null if we
|
|
|
573 // have reached the last file in the list.
|
|
|
574 int nLength = lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
575 m_pNextFile = (pStr[nLength + 1] != 0) ? &pStr[nLength + 1] : NULL;
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 return pStr;
|
|
|
578 }
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
580 // Get the first filename as a full path.
|
|
|
581 // The function returns the number of characters copied, not including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
582 // If the buffer is NULL, the function returns the required size, in characters, including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
583 // If the function fails, the return value is zero.
|
|
|
584 int GetFirstPathName(LPTSTR pBuffer, int nBufLen) const
|
|
|
585 {
|
|
|
586 LPCTSTR pStr = GetFirstFileName();
|
|
|
587 int nLengthDir = GetDirectory(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
588 if((pStr == NULL) || (nLengthDir == 0))
|
|
|
589 return 0;
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 // Figure out the required length.
|
|
|
592 int nLengthTotal = nLengthDir + lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 int nRet = 0;
|
|
|
595 if(pBuffer == NULL) // If the buffer is NULL, return the required length
|
|
|
596 {
|
|
|
597 nRet = nLengthTotal + 1;
|
|
|
598 }
|
|
|
599 else if (nBufLen > nLengthTotal) // If the buffer is big enough, go ahead and construct the path
|
|
|
600 {
|
|
|
601 GetDirectory(pBuffer, nBufLen);
|
|
|
602 ATL::Checked::tcscat_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, _T("\\"));
|
|
|
603 ATL::Checked::tcscat_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, pStr);
|
|
|
604 nRet = nLengthTotal;
|
|
|
605 }
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 return nRet;
|
|
|
608 }
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 #ifdef __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
611 bool GetFirstPathName(ATL::CString& strPath) const
|
|
|
612 {
|
|
|
613 bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
614
|
|
|
615 int nLength = GetFirstPathName(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
616 if (nLength > 0)
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
|
618 bRet = (GetFirstPathName(strPath.GetBuffer(nLength), nLength) > 0);
|
|
|
619 strPath.ReleaseBuffer(nLength - 1);
|
|
|
620 }
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 return bRet;
|
|
|
623 }
|
|
|
624 #endif // __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 // Get the next filename as a full path.
|
|
|
627 // The function returns the number of characters copied, not including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
628 // If the buffer is NULL, the function returns the required size, in characters, including the terminating zero.
|
|
|
629 // If the function fails, the return value is zero.
|
|
|
630 // The internal position marker is moved forward only if the function succeeds and the buffer was large enough.
|
|
|
631 int GetNextPathName(LPTSTR pBuffer, int nBufLen) const
|
|
|
632 {
|
|
|
633 if (m_pNextFile == NULL)
|
|
|
634 return 0;
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 int nRet = 0;
|
|
|
637 LPCTSTR pStr = m_pNextFile;
|
|
|
638 // Does the filename contain a backslash?
|
|
|
639 if (_tcsrchr(pStr, _T('\\')) != NULL)
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 // Yes, so we'll assume it's a full path.
|
|
|
642 int nLength = lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
643
|
|
|
644 if (pBuffer == NULL) // If the buffer is NULL, return the required length
|
|
|
645 {
|
|
|
646 nRet = nLength + 1;
|
|
|
647 }
|
|
|
648 else if (nBufLen > nLength) // The buffer is big enough, so go ahead and copy the filename
|
|
|
649 {
|
|
|
650 ATL::Checked::tcscpy_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, GetNextFileName());
|
|
|
651 nRet = nBufLen;
|
|
|
652 }
|
|
|
653 }
|
|
|
654 else
|
|
|
655 {
|
|
|
656 // The filename is relative, so construct the full path.
|
|
|
657 int nLengthDir = GetDirectory(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
658 if (nLengthDir > 0)
|
|
|
659 {
|
|
|
660 // Calculate the required space.
|
|
|
661 int nLengthTotal = nLengthDir + lstrlen(pStr);
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
663 if(pBuffer == NULL) // If the buffer is NULL, return the required length
|
|
|
664 {
|
|
|
665 nRet = nLengthTotal + 1;
|
|
|
666 }
|
|
|
667 else if (nBufLen > nLengthTotal) // If the buffer is big enough, go ahead and construct the path
|
|
|
668 {
|
|
|
669 GetDirectory(pBuffer, nBufLen);
|
|
|
670 ATL::Checked::tcscat_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, _T("\\"));
|
|
|
671 ATL::Checked::tcscat_s(pBuffer, nBufLen, GetNextFileName());
|
|
|
672 nRet = nLengthTotal;
|
|
|
673 }
|
|
|
674 }
|
|
|
675 }
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 return nRet;
|
|
|
678 }
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 #ifdef __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
681 bool GetNextPathName(ATL::CString& strPath) const
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 bool bRet = false;
|
|
|
684
|
|
|
685 int nLength = GetNextPathName(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
686 if (nLength > 0)
|
|
|
687 {
|
|
|
688 bRet = (GetNextPathName(strPath.GetBuffer(nLength), nLength) > 0);
|
|
|
689 strPath.ReleaseBuffer(nLength - 1);
|
|
|
690 }
|
|
|
691
|
|
|
692 return bRet;
|
|
|
693 }
|
|
|
694 #endif // __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
696 // Implementation
|
|
|
697 bool ResizeFilenameBuffer(DWORD dwLength)
|
|
|
698 {
|
|
|
699 if (dwLength > this->m_ofn.nMaxFile)
|
|
|
700 {
|
|
|
701 // Free the old buffer.
|
|
|
702 if (this->m_ofn.lpstrFile != this->m_szFileName)
|
|
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 delete[] this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
705 this->m_ofn.lpstrFile = NULL;
|
|
|
706 this->m_ofn.nMaxFile = 0;
|
|
|
707 }
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
709 // Allocate the new buffer.
|
|
|
710 LPTSTR lpstrBuff = NULL;
|
|
|
711 ATLTRY(lpstrBuff = new TCHAR[dwLength]);
|
|
|
712 if (lpstrBuff != NULL)
|
|
|
713 {
|
|
|
714 this->m_ofn.lpstrFile = lpstrBuff;
|
|
|
715 this->m_ofn.lpstrFile[0] = 0;
|
|
|
716 this->m_ofn.nMaxFile = dwLength;
|
|
|
717 }
|
|
|
718 }
|
|
|
719
|
|
|
720 return (this->m_ofn.lpstrFile != NULL);
|
|
|
721 }
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 void OnSelChange(LPOFNOTIFY /*lpon*/)
|
|
|
724 {
|
|
|
725 #ifndef _UNICODE
|
|
|
726 // There is no point resizing the buffer in ANSI builds running on NT.
|
|
|
727 if (m_bIsNT)
|
|
|
728 return;
|
|
|
729 #endif
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
731 // Get the buffer length required to hold the spec.
|
|
|
732 int nLength = this->GetSpec(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
733 if (nLength <= 1)
|
|
|
734 return; // no files are selected, presumably
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
736 // Add room for the directory, and an extra terminating zero.
|
|
|
737 nLength += this->GetFolderPath(NULL, 0) + 1;
|
|
|
738
|
|
|
739 if (!ResizeFilenameBuffer(nLength))
|
|
|
740 {
|
|
|
741 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
742 return;
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744
|
|
|
745 // If we are not following links then our work is done.
|
|
|
746 if ((this->m_ofn.Flags & OFN_NODEREFERENCELINKS) != 0)
|
|
|
747 return;
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 // Get the file spec, which is the text in the edit control.
|
|
|
750 if (this->GetSpec(this->m_ofn.lpstrFile, this->m_ofn.nMaxFile) <= 0)
|
|
|
751 return;
|
|
|
752
|
|
|
753 // Get the ID-list of the current folder.
|
|
|
754 int nBytes = this->GetFolderIDList(NULL, 0);
|
|
|
755 #ifdef STRICT_TYPED_ITEMIDS
|
|
|
756 ATL::CTempBuffer<ITEMIDLIST_RELATIVE> idlist;
|
|
|
757 #else
|
|
|
758 ATL::CTempBuffer<ITEMIDLIST> idlist;
|
|
|
759 #endif
|
|
|
760 idlist.AllocateBytes(nBytes);
|
|
|
761 if ((nBytes <= 0) || (this->GetFolderIDList(idlist, nBytes) <= 0))
|
|
|
762 return;
|
|
|
763
|
|
|
764 // First bind to the desktop folder, then to the current folder.
|
|
|
765 ATL::CComPtr<IShellFolder> pDesktop, pFolder;
|
|
|
766 if (FAILED(::SHGetDesktopFolder(&pDesktop)))
|
|
|
767 return;
|
|
|
768 if (FAILED(pDesktop->BindToObject(idlist, NULL, IID_IShellFolder, (void**)&pFolder)))
|
|
|
769 return;
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 // Work through the file spec, looking for quoted filenames. If we find a shortcut file, then
|
|
|
772 // we need to add enough extra buffer space to hold its target path.
|
|
|
773 DWORD nExtraChars = 0;
|
|
|
774 bool bInsideQuotes = false;
|
|
|
775 LPCTSTR pAnchor = this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
776 LPCTSTR pChar = this->m_ofn.lpstrFile;
|
|
|
777 for ( ; *pChar; ++pChar)
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 // Look for quotation marks.
|
|
|
780 if (*pChar == _T('\"'))
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 // We are either entering or leaving a passage of quoted text.
|
|
|
783 bInsideQuotes = !bInsideQuotes;
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 // Is it an opening or closing quote?
|
|
|
786 if (bInsideQuotes)
|
|
|
787 {
|
|
|
788 // We found an opening quote, so set "pAnchor" to the following character.
|
|
|
789 pAnchor = pChar + 1;
|
|
|
790 }
|
|
|
791 else // closing quote
|
|
|
792 {
|
|
|
793 // Each quoted entity should be shorter than MAX_PATH.
|
|
|
794 if (pChar - pAnchor >= MAX_PATH)
|
|
|
795 return;
|
|
|
796
|
|
|
797 // Get the ID-list and attributes of the file.
|
|
|
798 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
799 int nFileNameLength = (int)(DWORD_PTR)(pChar - pAnchor);
|
|
|
800 TCHAR szFileName[MAX_PATH] = {};
|
|
|
801 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(szFileName, MAX_PATH, pAnchor, nFileNameLength);
|
|
|
802 #ifdef STRICT_TYPED_ITEMIDS
|
|
|
803 PIDLIST_RELATIVE pidl = NULL;
|
|
|
804 #else
|
|
|
805 LPITEMIDLIST pidl = NULL;
|
|
|
806 #endif
|
|
|
807 DWORD dwAttrib = SFGAO_LINK;
|
|
|
808 if (SUCCEEDED(pFolder->ParseDisplayName(NULL, NULL, T2W(szFileName), NULL, &pidl, &dwAttrib)))
|
|
|
809 {
|
|
|
810 // Is it a shortcut file?
|
|
|
811 if (dwAttrib & SFGAO_LINK)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 // Bind to its IShellLink interface.
|
|
|
814 ATL::CComPtr<IShellLink> pLink;
|
|
|
815 if (SUCCEEDED(pFolder->BindToObject(pidl, NULL, IID_IShellLink, (void**)&pLink)))
|
|
|
816 {
|
|
|
817 // Get the shortcut's target path.
|
|
|
818 TCHAR szPath[MAX_PATH] = {};
|
|
|
819 if (SUCCEEDED(pLink->GetPath(szPath, MAX_PATH, NULL, 0)))
|
|
|
820 {
|
|
|
821 // If the target path is longer than the shortcut name, then add on the number
|
|
|
822 // of extra characters that are required.
|
|
|
823 int nNewLength = lstrlen(szPath);
|
|
|
824 if (nNewLength > nFileNameLength)
|
|
|
825 nExtraChars += nNewLength - nFileNameLength;
|
|
|
826 }
|
|
|
827 }
|
|
|
828 }
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 // Free the ID-list returned by ParseDisplayName.
|
|
|
831 ::CoTaskMemFree(pidl);
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 }
|
|
|
834 }
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 // If we need more space for shortcut targets, then reallocate.
|
|
|
838 if (nExtraChars > 0)
|
|
|
839 ATLVERIFY(ResizeFilenameBuffer(this->m_ofn.nMaxFile + nExtraChars));
|
|
|
840 }
|
|
|
841 };
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
843 class CMultiFileDialog : public CMultiFileDialogImpl<CMultiFileDialog>
|
|
|
844 {
|
|
|
845 public:
|
|
|
846 CMultiFileDialog(
|
|
|
847 LPCTSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
848 LPCTSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
849 DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY,
|
|
|
850 LPCTSTR lpszFilter = NULL,
|
|
|
851 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
852 : CMultiFileDialogImpl<CMultiFileDialog>(lpszDefExt, lpszFileName, dwFlags, lpszFilter, hWndParent)
|
|
|
853 { }
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CMultiFileDialog)
|
|
|
856 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(CMultiFileDialogImpl<CMultiFileDialog>)
|
|
|
857 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
858 };
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
862 // Shell File Dialog - new Shell File Open and Save dialogs in Vista
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 // Note: Use GetPtr() to access dialog interface methods.
|
|
|
865 // Example:
|
|
|
866 // CShellFileOpenDialog dlg;
|
|
|
867 // dlg.GetPtr()->SetTitle(L"MyFileOpenDialog");
|
|
|
868
|
|
|
869 #if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
872 // CShellFileDialogImpl - base class for CShellFileOpenDialogImpl and CShellFileSaveDialogImpl
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 template <class T>
|
|
|
875 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CShellFileDialogImpl : public IFileDialogEvents
|
|
|
876 {
|
|
|
877 public:
|
|
|
878 // Operations
|
|
|
879 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
880 {
|
|
|
881 INT_PTR nRet = -1;
|
|
|
882
|
|
|
883 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
884 if(pT->m_spFileDlg == NULL)
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
887 return nRet;
|
|
|
888 }
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
890 DWORD dwCookie = 0;
|
|
|
891 pT->_Advise(dwCookie);
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->Show(hWndParent);
|
|
|
894 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
895 nRet = IDOK;
|
|
|
896 else if(hRet == HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_CANCELLED))
|
|
|
897 nRet = IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
898 else
|
|
|
899 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // error
|
|
|
900
|
|
|
901 pT->_Unadvise(dwCookie);
|
|
|
902
|
|
|
903 return nRet;
|
|
|
904 }
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 bool IsNull() const
|
|
|
907 {
|
|
|
908 const T* pT = static_cast<const T*>(this);
|
|
|
909 return (pT->m_spFileDlg == NULL);
|
|
|
910 }
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
912 // Operations - get file path after dialog returns
|
|
|
913 HRESULT GetFilePath(LPWSTR lpstrFilePath, int cchLength)
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
916 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 ATL::CComPtr<IShellItem> spItem;
|
|
|
919 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->GetResult(&spItem);
|
|
|
920
|
|
|
921 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
922 hRet = GetFileNameFromShellItem(spItem, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, lpstrFilePath, cchLength);
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 return hRet;
|
|
|
925 }
|
|
|
926
|
|
|
927 HRESULT GetFileTitle(LPWSTR lpstrFileTitle, int cchLength)
|
|
|
928 {
|
|
|
929 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
930 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 ATL::CComPtr<IShellItem> spItem;
|
|
|
933 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->GetResult(&spItem);
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
936 hRet = GetFileNameFromShellItem(spItem, SIGDN_NORMALDISPLAY, lpstrFileTitle, cchLength);
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
938 return hRet;
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
941 #ifdef __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
942 HRESULT GetFilePath(ATL::CString& strFilePath)
|
|
|
943 {
|
|
|
944 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
945 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
947 ATL::CComPtr<IShellItem> spItem;
|
|
|
948 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->GetResult(&spItem);
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
951 hRet = GetFileNameFromShellItem(spItem, SIGDN_FILESYSPATH, strFilePath);
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
953 return hRet;
|
|
|
954 }
|
|
|
955
|
|
|
956 HRESULT GetFileTitle(ATL::CString& strFileTitle)
|
|
|
957 {
|
|
|
958 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
959 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
960
|
|
|
961 ATL::CComPtr<IShellItem> spItem;
|
|
|
962 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->GetResult(&spItem);
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
965 hRet = GetFileNameFromShellItem(spItem, SIGDN_NORMALDISPLAY, strFileTitle);
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 return hRet;
|
|
|
968 }
|
|
|
969 #endif // __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
971 // Helpers for IShellItem
|
|
|
972 static HRESULT GetFileNameFromShellItem(IShellItem* pShellItem, SIGDN type, LPWSTR lpstr, int cchLength)
|
|
|
973 {
|
|
|
974 ATLASSERT(pShellItem != NULL);
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 LPWSTR lpstrName = NULL;
|
|
|
977 HRESULT hRet = pShellItem->GetDisplayName(type, &lpstrName);
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
979 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
980 {
|
|
|
981 if(lstrlenW(lpstrName) < cchLength)
|
|
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 ATL::Checked::wcscpy_s(lpstr, cchLength, lpstrName);
|
|
|
984 }
|
|
|
985 else
|
|
|
986 {
|
|
|
987 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
988 hRet = DISP_E_BUFFERTOOSMALL;
|
|
|
989 }
|
|
|
990
|
|
|
991 ::CoTaskMemFree(lpstrName);
|
|
|
992 }
|
|
|
993
|
|
|
994 return hRet;
|
|
|
995 }
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 #ifdef __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
998 static HRESULT GetFileNameFromShellItem(IShellItem* pShellItem, SIGDN type, ATL::CString& str)
|
|
|
999 {
|
|
|
1000 ATLASSERT(pShellItem != NULL);
|
|
|
1001
|
|
|
1002 LPWSTR lpstrName = NULL;
|
|
|
1003 HRESULT hRet = pShellItem->GetDisplayName(type, &lpstrName);
|
|
|
1004
|
|
|
1005 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
1006 {
|
|
|
1007 str = lpstrName;
|
|
|
1008 ::CoTaskMemFree(lpstrName);
|
|
|
1009 }
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 return hRet;
|
|
|
1012 }
|
|
|
1013 #endif // __ATLSTR_H__
|
|
|
1014
|
|
|
1015 // Implementation
|
|
|
1016 void _Advise(DWORD& dwCookie)
|
|
|
1017 {
|
|
|
1018 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1019 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
1020 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->Advise((IFileDialogEvents*)this, &dwCookie);
|
|
|
1021 ATLVERIFY(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1022 }
|
|
|
1023
|
|
|
1024 void _Unadvise(DWORD dwCookie)
|
|
|
1025 {
|
|
|
1026 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1027 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
1028 HRESULT hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->Unadvise(dwCookie);
|
|
|
1029 ATLVERIFY(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1030 }
|
|
|
1031
|
|
|
1032 void _Init(LPCWSTR lpszFileName, DWORD dwOptions, LPCWSTR lpszDefExt, const COMDLG_FILTERSPEC* arrFilterSpec, UINT uFilterSpecCount)
|
|
|
1033 {
|
|
|
1034 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1035 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg != NULL);
|
|
|
1036
|
|
|
1037 HRESULT hRet = E_FAIL;
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 if(lpszFileName != NULL)
|
|
|
1040 {
|
|
|
1041 hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->SetFileName(lpszFileName);
|
|
|
1042 ATLASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1043 }
|
|
|
1044
|
|
|
1045 hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->SetOptions(dwOptions);
|
|
|
1046 ATLASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 if(lpszDefExt != NULL)
|
|
|
1049 {
|
|
|
1050 hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->SetDefaultExtension(lpszDefExt);
|
|
|
1051 ATLASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1052 }
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 if((arrFilterSpec != NULL) && (uFilterSpecCount != 0U))
|
|
|
1055 {
|
|
|
1056 hRet = pT->m_spFileDlg->SetFileTypes(uFilterSpecCount, arrFilterSpec);
|
|
|
1057 ATLASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 }
|
|
|
1060
|
|
|
1061 // Implementation - IUnknown interface
|
|
|
1062 STDMETHOD(QueryInterface)(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject)
|
|
|
1063 {
|
|
|
1064 if(ppvObject == NULL)
|
|
|
1065 return E_POINTER;
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1068 if(IsEqualGUID(riid, IID_IUnknown) || IsEqualGUID(riid, IID_IFileDialogEvents))
|
|
|
1069 {
|
|
|
1070 *ppvObject = (IFileDialogEvents*)pT;
|
|
|
1071 // AddRef() not needed
|
|
|
1072 return S_OK;
|
|
|
1073 }
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 return E_NOINTERFACE;
|
|
|
1076 }
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 virtual ULONG STDMETHODCALLTYPE AddRef()
|
|
|
1079 {
|
|
|
1080 return 1;
|
|
|
1081 }
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 virtual ULONG STDMETHODCALLTYPE Release()
|
|
|
1084 {
|
|
|
1085 return 1;
|
|
|
1086 }
|
|
|
1087
|
|
|
1088 // Implementation - IFileDialogEvents interface
|
|
|
1089 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnFileOk(IFileDialog* pfd)
|
|
|
1090 {
|
|
|
1091 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1092 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1093 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1094 return pT->OnFileOk();
|
|
|
1095 }
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnFolderChanging(IFileDialog* pfd, IShellItem* psiFolder)
|
|
|
1098 {
|
|
|
1099 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1100 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1101 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1102 return pT->OnFolderChanging(psiFolder);
|
|
|
1103 }
|
|
|
1104
|
|
|
1105 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnFolderChange(IFileDialog* pfd)
|
|
|
1106 {
|
|
|
1107 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1108 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1109 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1110 return pT->OnFolderChange();
|
|
|
1111 }
|
|
|
1112
|
|
|
1113 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnSelectionChange(IFileDialog* pfd)
|
|
|
1114 {
|
|
|
1115 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1116 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1117 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1118 return pT->OnSelectionChange();
|
|
|
1119 }
|
|
|
1120
|
|
|
1121 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnShareViolation(IFileDialog* pfd, IShellItem* psi, FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE* pResponse)
|
|
|
1122 {
|
|
|
1123 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1124 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1125 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1126 return pT->OnShareViolation(psi, pResponse);
|
|
|
1127 }
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnTypeChange(IFileDialog* pfd)
|
|
|
1130 {
|
|
|
1131 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1132 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1133 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1134 return pT->OnTypeChange();
|
|
|
1135 }
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 virtual HRESULT STDMETHODCALLTYPE OnOverwrite(IFileDialog* pfd, IShellItem* psi, FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE* pResponse)
|
|
|
1138 {
|
|
|
1139 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1140 ATLASSERT(pT->m_spFileDlg.IsEqualObject(pfd));
|
|
|
1141 (void)pfd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
1142 return pT->OnOverwrite(psi, pResponse);
|
|
|
1143 }
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 // Overrideables - Event handlers
|
|
|
1146 HRESULT OnFileOk()
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
|
1148 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1149 }
|
|
|
1150
|
|
|
1151 HRESULT OnFolderChanging(IShellItem* /*psiFolder*/)
|
|
|
1152 {
|
|
|
1153 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1154 }
|
|
|
1155
|
|
|
1156 HRESULT OnFolderChange()
|
|
|
1157 {
|
|
|
1158 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1159 }
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 HRESULT OnSelectionChange()
|
|
|
1162 {
|
|
|
1163 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1164 }
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 HRESULT OnShareViolation(IShellItem* /*psi*/, FDE_SHAREVIOLATION_RESPONSE* /*pResponse*/)
|
|
|
1167 {
|
|
|
1168 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1169 }
|
|
|
1170
|
|
|
1171 HRESULT OnTypeChange()
|
|
|
1172 {
|
|
|
1173 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 HRESULT OnOverwrite(IShellItem* /*psi*/, FDE_OVERWRITE_RESPONSE* /*pResponse*/)
|
|
|
1177 {
|
|
|
1178 return E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
1179 }
|
|
|
1180 };
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182
|
|
|
1183 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1184 // CShellFileOpenDialogImpl - implements new Shell File Open dialog
|
|
|
1185
|
|
|
1186 template <class T>
|
|
|
1187 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CShellFileOpenDialogImpl : public CShellFileDialogImpl< T >
|
|
|
1188 {
|
|
|
1189 public:
|
|
|
1190 ATL::CComPtr<IFileOpenDialog> m_spFileDlg;
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 CShellFileOpenDialogImpl(LPCWSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
1193 DWORD dwOptions = FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST | FOS_FILEMUSTEXIST,
|
|
|
1194 LPCWSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
1195 const COMDLG_FILTERSPEC* arrFilterSpec = NULL,
|
|
|
1196 UINT uFilterSpecCount = 0U)
|
|
|
1197 {
|
|
|
1198 HRESULT hRet = m_spFileDlg.CoCreateInstance(CLSID_FileOpenDialog);
|
|
|
1199
|
|
|
1200 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
1201 this->_Init(lpszFileName, dwOptions, lpszDefExt, arrFilterSpec, uFilterSpecCount);
|
|
|
1202 }
|
|
|
1203
|
|
|
1204 virtual ~CShellFileOpenDialogImpl()
|
|
|
1205 { }
|
|
|
1206
|
|
|
1207 IFileOpenDialog* GetPtr()
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 return m_spFileDlg;
|
|
|
1210 }
|
|
|
1211 };
|
|
|
1212
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1215 // CShellFileOpenDialog - new Shell File Open dialog without events
|
|
|
1216
|
|
|
1217 class CShellFileOpenDialog : public CShellFileOpenDialogImpl<CShellFileOpenDialog>
|
|
|
1218 {
|
|
|
1219 public:
|
|
|
1220 CShellFileOpenDialog(LPCWSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
1221 DWORD dwOptions = FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST | FOS_FILEMUSTEXIST,
|
|
|
1222 LPCWSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
1223 const COMDLG_FILTERSPEC* arrFilterSpec = NULL,
|
|
|
1224 UINT uFilterSpecCount = 0U) : CShellFileOpenDialogImpl<CShellFileOpenDialog>(lpszFileName, dwOptions, lpszDefExt, arrFilterSpec, uFilterSpecCount)
|
|
|
1225 { }
|
|
|
1226
|
|
|
1227 virtual ~CShellFileOpenDialog()
|
|
|
1228 { }
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 // Implementation (remove _Advise/_Unadvise code using template magic)
|
|
|
1231 void _Advise(DWORD& /*dwCookie*/)
|
|
|
1232 { }
|
|
|
1233
|
|
|
1234 void _Unadvise(DWORD /*dwCookie*/)
|
|
|
1235 { }
|
|
|
1236 };
|
|
|
1237
|
|
|
1238
|
|
|
1239 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1240 // CShellFileSaveDialogImpl - implements new Shell File Save dialog
|
|
|
1241
|
|
|
1242 template <class T>
|
|
|
1243 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CShellFileSaveDialogImpl : public CShellFileDialogImpl< T >
|
|
|
1244 {
|
|
|
1245 public:
|
|
|
1246 ATL::CComPtr<IFileSaveDialog> m_spFileDlg;
|
|
|
1247
|
|
|
1248 CShellFileSaveDialogImpl(LPCWSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
1249 DWORD dwOptions = FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST | FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT,
|
|
|
1250 LPCWSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
1251 const COMDLG_FILTERSPEC* arrFilterSpec = NULL,
|
|
|
1252 UINT uFilterSpecCount = 0U)
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 HRESULT hRet = m_spFileDlg.CoCreateInstance(CLSID_FileSaveDialog);
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 if(SUCCEEDED(hRet))
|
|
|
1257 this->_Init(lpszFileName, dwOptions, lpszDefExt, arrFilterSpec, uFilterSpecCount);
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259
|
|
|
1260 virtual ~CShellFileSaveDialogImpl()
|
|
|
1261 { }
|
|
|
1262
|
|
|
1263 IFileSaveDialog* GetPtr()
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 return m_spFileDlg;
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 };
|
|
|
1268
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1271 // CShellFileSaveDialog - new Shell File Save dialog without events
|
|
|
1272
|
|
|
1273 class CShellFileSaveDialog : public CShellFileSaveDialogImpl<CShellFileSaveDialog>
|
|
|
1274 {
|
|
|
1275 public:
|
|
|
1276 CShellFileSaveDialog(LPCWSTR lpszFileName = NULL,
|
|
|
1277 DWORD dwOptions = FOS_FORCEFILESYSTEM | FOS_PATHMUSTEXIST | FOS_OVERWRITEPROMPT,
|
|
|
1278 LPCWSTR lpszDefExt = NULL,
|
|
|
1279 const COMDLG_FILTERSPEC* arrFilterSpec = NULL,
|
|
|
1280 UINT uFilterSpecCount = 0U) : CShellFileSaveDialogImpl<CShellFileSaveDialog>(lpszFileName, dwOptions, lpszDefExt, arrFilterSpec, uFilterSpecCount)
|
|
|
1281 { }
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 virtual ~CShellFileSaveDialog()
|
|
|
1284 { }
|
|
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 // Implementation (remove _Advise/_Unadvise code using template magic)
|
|
|
1287 void _Advise(DWORD& /*dwCookie*/)
|
|
|
1288 { }
|
|
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 void _Unadvise(DWORD /*dwCookie*/)
|
|
|
1291 { }
|
|
|
1292 };
|
|
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 #endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
1295
|
|
|
1296
|
|
|
1297 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1298 // CFolderDialogImpl - used for browsing for a folder
|
|
|
1299
|
|
|
1300 template <class T>
|
|
|
1301 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CFolderDialogImpl
|
|
|
1302 {
|
|
|
1303 public:
|
|
|
1304 BROWSEINFO m_bi;
|
|
|
1305 LPCTSTR m_lpstrInitialFolder;
|
|
|
1306 LPCITEMIDLIST m_pidlInitialSelection;
|
|
|
1307 bool m_bExpandInitialSelection;
|
|
|
1308 TCHAR m_szFolderDisplayName[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
1309 TCHAR m_szFolderPath[MAX_PATH];
|
|
|
1310 #ifdef STRICT_TYPED_ITEMIDS
|
|
|
1311 PIDLIST_ABSOLUTE m_pidlSelected;
|
|
|
1312 #else
|
|
|
1313 LPITEMIDLIST m_pidlSelected;
|
|
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315 HWND m_hWnd; // used only in the callback function
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 // Constructor
|
|
|
1318 CFolderDialogImpl(HWND hWndParent = NULL, LPCTSTR lpstrTitle = NULL, UINT uFlags = BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS) :
|
|
|
1319 m_lpstrInitialFolder(NULL), m_pidlInitialSelection(NULL), m_bExpandInitialSelection(false), m_pidlSelected(NULL), m_hWnd(NULL)
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 memset(&m_bi, 0, sizeof(m_bi)); // initialize structure to 0/NULL
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 m_bi.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1324 m_bi.pidlRoot = NULL;
|
|
|
1325 m_bi.pszDisplayName = m_szFolderDisplayName;
|
|
|
1326 m_bi.lpszTitle = lpstrTitle;
|
|
|
1327 m_bi.ulFlags = uFlags;
|
|
|
1328 m_bi.lpfn = BrowseCallbackProc;
|
|
|
1329 m_bi.lParam = (LPARAM)static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
1330
|
|
|
1331 m_szFolderPath[0] = 0;
|
|
|
1332 m_szFolderDisplayName[0] = 0;
|
|
|
1333 }
|
|
|
1334
|
|
|
1335 ~CFolderDialogImpl()
|
|
|
1336 {
|
|
|
1337 ::CoTaskMemFree(m_pidlSelected);
|
|
|
1338 }
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 // Operations
|
|
|
1341 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
1342 {
|
|
|
1343 if(m_bi.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
1344 m_bi.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 // Clear out any previous results
|
|
|
1347 m_szFolderPath[0] = 0;
|
|
|
1348 m_szFolderDisplayName[0] = 0;
|
|
|
1349 ::CoTaskMemFree(m_pidlSelected);
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 INT_PTR nRet = IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
1352 m_pidlSelected = ::SHBrowseForFolder(&m_bi);
|
|
|
1353
|
|
|
1354 if(m_pidlSelected != NULL)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 nRet = IDOK;
|
|
|
1357
|
|
|
1358 // If BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS is set, we try to get the filesystem path.
|
|
|
1359 // Otherwise, the caller must handle the ID-list directly.
|
|
|
1360 if((m_bi.ulFlags & BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS) != 0)
|
|
|
1361 {
|
|
|
1362 if(::SHGetPathFromIDList(m_pidlSelected, m_szFolderPath) == FALSE)
|
|
|
1363 nRet = IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
1364 }
|
|
|
1365 }
|
|
|
1366
|
|
|
1367 return nRet;
|
|
|
1368 }
|
|
|
1369
|
|
|
1370 // Methods to call before DoModal
|
|
|
1371 void SetInitialFolder(LPCTSTR lpstrInitialFolder, bool bExpand = true)
|
|
|
1372 {
|
|
|
1373 // lpstrInitialFolder may be a file if BIF_BROWSEINCLUDEFILES is specified
|
|
|
1374 m_lpstrInitialFolder = lpstrInitialFolder;
|
|
|
1375 m_bExpandInitialSelection = bExpand;
|
|
|
1376 }
|
|
|
1377
|
|
|
1378 void SetInitialSelection(LPCITEMIDLIST pidl, bool bExpand = true)
|
|
|
1379 {
|
|
|
1380 m_pidlInitialSelection = pidl;
|
|
|
1381 m_bExpandInitialSelection = bExpand;
|
|
|
1382 }
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 #ifdef STRICT_TYPED_ITEMIDS
|
|
|
1385 void SetRootFolder(PCIDLIST_ABSOLUTE pidl)
|
|
|
1386 #else
|
|
|
1387 void SetRootFolder(LPCITEMIDLIST pidl)
|
|
|
1388 #endif
|
|
|
1389 {
|
|
|
1390 m_bi.pidlRoot = pidl;
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 // Methods to call after DoModal
|
|
|
1394 LPITEMIDLIST GetSelectedItem(bool bDetach = false)
|
|
|
1395 {
|
|
|
1396 LPITEMIDLIST pidl = m_pidlSelected;
|
|
|
1397 if(bDetach)
|
|
|
1398 m_pidlSelected = NULL;
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 return pidl;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 LPCTSTR GetFolderPath() const
|
|
|
1404 {
|
|
|
1405 return m_szFolderPath;
|
|
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 LPCTSTR GetFolderDisplayName() const
|
|
|
1409 {
|
|
|
1410 return m_szFolderDisplayName;
|
|
|
1411 }
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 int GetFolderImageIndex() const
|
|
|
1414 {
|
|
|
1415 return m_bi.iImage;
|
|
|
1416 }
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 // Callback function and overrideables
|
|
|
1419 static int CALLBACK BrowseCallbackProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam, LPARAM lpData)
|
|
|
1420 {
|
|
|
1421 int nRet = 0;
|
|
|
1422 T* pT = (T*)lpData;
|
|
|
1423 bool bClear = false;
|
|
|
1424 if(pT->m_hWnd == NULL)
|
|
|
1425 {
|
|
|
1426 pT->m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
1427 bClear = true;
|
|
|
1428 }
|
|
|
1429 else
|
|
|
1430 {
|
|
|
1431 ATLASSERT(pT->m_hWnd == hWnd);
|
|
|
1432 }
|
|
|
1433
|
|
|
1434 switch(uMsg)
|
|
|
1435 {
|
|
|
1436 case BFFM_INITIALIZED:
|
|
|
1437 // Set initial selection
|
|
|
1438 // Note that m_pidlInitialSelection, if set, takes precedence over m_lpstrInitialFolder
|
|
|
1439 if(pT->m_pidlInitialSelection != NULL)
|
|
|
1440 pT->SetSelection(pT->m_pidlInitialSelection);
|
|
|
1441 else if(pT->m_lpstrInitialFolder != NULL)
|
|
|
1442 pT->SetSelection(pT->m_lpstrInitialFolder);
|
|
|
1443
|
|
|
1444 // Expand initial selection if appropriate
|
|
|
1445 if(pT->m_bExpandInitialSelection && ((pT->m_bi.ulFlags & BIF_NEWDIALOGSTYLE) != 0))
|
|
|
1446 {
|
|
|
1447 if(pT->m_pidlInitialSelection != NULL)
|
|
|
1448 pT->SetExpanded(pT->m_pidlInitialSelection);
|
|
|
1449 else if(pT->m_lpstrInitialFolder != NULL)
|
|
|
1450 pT->SetExpanded(pT->m_lpstrInitialFolder);
|
|
|
1451 }
|
|
|
1452 pT->OnInitialized();
|
|
|
1453 break;
|
|
|
1454 case BFFM_SELCHANGED:
|
|
|
1455 pT->OnSelChanged((LPITEMIDLIST)lParam);
|
|
|
1456 break;
|
|
|
1457 case BFFM_VALIDATEFAILED:
|
|
|
1458 nRet = pT->OnValidateFailed((LPCTSTR)lParam);
|
|
|
1459 break;
|
|
|
1460 case BFFM_IUNKNOWN:
|
|
|
1461 pT->OnIUnknown((IUnknown*)lParam);
|
|
|
1462 break;
|
|
|
1463 default:
|
|
|
1464 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("Unknown message received in CFolderDialogImpl::BrowseCallbackProc\n"));
|
|
|
1465 break;
|
|
|
1466 }
|
|
|
1467
|
|
|
1468 if(bClear)
|
|
|
1469 pT->m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
1470 return nRet;
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472
|
|
|
1473 void OnInitialized()
|
|
|
1474 {
|
|
|
1475 }
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 void OnSelChanged(LPITEMIDLIST /*pItemIDList*/)
|
|
|
1478 {
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480
|
|
|
1481 int OnValidateFailed(LPCTSTR /*lpstrFolderPath*/)
|
|
|
1482 {
|
|
|
1483 return 1; // 1=continue, 0=EndDialog
|
|
|
1484 }
|
|
|
1485
|
|
|
1486 void OnIUnknown(IUnknown* /*pUnknown*/)
|
|
|
1487 {
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 // Commands - valid to call only from handlers
|
|
|
1491 void EnableOK(BOOL bEnable)
|
|
|
1492 {
|
|
|
1493 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1494 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, bEnable);
|
|
|
1495 }
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 void SetSelection(LPCITEMIDLIST pItemIDList)
|
|
|
1498 {
|
|
|
1499 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1500 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, FALSE, (LPARAM)pItemIDList);
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502
|
|
|
1503 void SetSelection(LPCTSTR lpstrFolderPath)
|
|
|
1504 {
|
|
|
1505 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1506 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETSELECTION, TRUE, (LPARAM)lpstrFolderPath);
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 void SetStatusText(LPCTSTR lpstrText)
|
|
|
1510 {
|
|
|
1511 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1512 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)lpstrText);
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 void SetOKText(LPCTSTR lpstrOKText)
|
|
|
1516 {
|
|
|
1517 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1518 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
1519 LPCWSTR lpstr = T2CW(lpstrOKText);
|
|
|
1520 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETOKTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)lpstr);
|
|
|
1521 }
|
|
|
1522
|
|
|
1523 void SetExpanded(LPCITEMIDLIST pItemIDList)
|
|
|
1524 {
|
|
|
1525 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1526 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETEXPANDED, FALSE, (LPARAM)pItemIDList);
|
|
|
1527 }
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 void SetExpanded(LPCTSTR lpstrFolderPath)
|
|
|
1530 {
|
|
|
1531 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
1532 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
1533 LPCWSTR lpstr = T2CW(lpstrFolderPath);
|
|
|
1534 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BFFM_SETEXPANDED, TRUE, (LPARAM)lpstr);
|
|
|
1535 }
|
|
|
1536 };
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 class CFolderDialog : public CFolderDialogImpl<CFolderDialog>
|
|
|
1539 {
|
|
|
1540 public:
|
|
|
1541 CFolderDialog(HWND hWndParent = NULL, LPCTSTR lpstrTitle = NULL, UINT uFlags = BIF_RETURNONLYFSDIRS)
|
|
|
1542 : CFolderDialogImpl<CFolderDialog>(hWndParent, lpstrTitle, uFlags)
|
|
|
1543 { }
|
|
|
1544 };
|
|
|
1545
|
|
|
1546
|
|
|
1547 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1548 // CCommonDialogImplBase - base class for common dialog classes
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CCommonDialogImplBase : public ATL::CWindowImplBase
|
|
|
1551 {
|
|
|
1552 public:
|
|
|
1553 static UINT_PTR APIENTRY HookProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
1554 {
|
|
|
1555 if(uMsg != WM_INITDIALOG)
|
|
|
1556 return 0;
|
|
|
1557 CCommonDialogImplBase* pT = (CCommonDialogImplBase*)ModuleHelper::ExtractCreateWndData();
|
|
|
1558 ATLASSERT(pT != NULL);
|
|
|
1559 ATLASSERT(pT->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
1560 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(hWnd));
|
|
|
1561 // subclass dialog's window
|
|
|
1562 if(!pT->SubclassWindow(hWnd))
|
|
|
1563 {
|
|
|
1564 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("Subclassing a common dialog failed\n"));
|
|
|
1565 return 0;
|
|
|
1566 }
|
|
|
1567 // check message map for WM_INITDIALOG handler
|
|
|
1568 LRESULT lRes = 0;
|
|
|
1569 if(pT->ProcessWindowMessage(pT->m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam, lRes, 0) == FALSE)
|
|
|
1570 return 0;
|
|
|
1571 return lRes;
|
|
|
1572 }
|
|
|
1573
|
|
|
1574 // Special override for common dialogs
|
|
|
1575 BOOL EndDialog(INT_PTR /*nRetCode*/ = 0)
|
|
|
1576 {
|
|
|
1577 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
1578 SendMessage(WM_COMMAND, MAKEWPARAM(IDABORT, 0));
|
|
|
1579 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1580 }
|
|
|
1581
|
|
|
1582 // Implementation - try to override these, to prevent errors
|
|
|
1583 HWND Create(HWND, ATL::_U_RECT, LPCTSTR, DWORD, DWORD, ATL::_U_MENUorID, ATOM, LPVOID)
|
|
|
1584 {
|
|
|
1585 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // should not be called
|
|
|
1586 return NULL;
|
|
|
1587 }
|
|
|
1588
|
|
|
1589 static LRESULT CALLBACK StartWindowProc(HWND /*hWnd*/, UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // should not be called
|
|
|
1592 return 0;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594 };
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596
|
|
|
1597 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1598 // CFontDialogImpl - font selection dialog
|
|
|
1599
|
|
|
1600 template <class T>
|
|
|
1601 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CFontDialogImpl : public CCommonDialogImplBase
|
|
|
1602 {
|
|
|
1603 public:
|
|
|
1604 enum { _cchStyleName = 64 };
|
|
|
1605
|
|
|
1606 CHOOSEFONT m_cf;
|
|
|
1607 TCHAR m_szStyleName[_cchStyleName]; // contains style name after return
|
|
|
1608 LOGFONT m_lf; // default LOGFONT to store the info
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 // Constructors
|
|
|
1611 CFontDialogImpl(LPLOGFONT lplfInitial = NULL,
|
|
|
1612 DWORD dwFlags = CF_EFFECTS | CF_SCREENFONTS,
|
|
|
1613 HDC hDCPrinter = NULL,
|
|
|
1614 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
1615 {
|
|
|
1616 memset(&m_cf, 0, sizeof(m_cf));
|
|
|
1617 memset(&m_lf, 0, sizeof(m_lf));
|
|
|
1618 memset(&m_szStyleName, 0, sizeof(m_szStyleName));
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 m_cf.lStructSize = sizeof(m_cf);
|
|
|
1621 m_cf.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1622 m_cf.rgbColors = RGB(0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
1623 m_cf.lpszStyle = (LPTSTR)&m_szStyleName;
|
|
|
1624 m_cf.Flags = dwFlags | CF_ENABLEHOOK;
|
|
|
1625 m_cf.lpfnHook = (LPCFHOOKPROC)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 if(lplfInitial != NULL)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 m_cf.lpLogFont = lplfInitial;
|
|
|
1630 m_cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
|
|
|
1631 m_lf = *lplfInitial;
|
|
|
1632 }
|
|
|
1633 else
|
|
|
1634 {
|
|
|
1635 m_cf.lpLogFont = &m_lf;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 if(hDCPrinter != NULL)
|
|
|
1639 {
|
|
|
1640 m_cf.hDC = hDCPrinter;
|
|
|
1641 m_cf.Flags |= CF_PRINTERFONTS;
|
|
|
1642 }
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 // Operations
|
|
|
1646 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
1647 {
|
|
|
1648 ATLASSERT((m_cf.Flags & CF_ENABLEHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
1649 ATLASSERT(m_cf.lpfnHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
1650
|
|
|
1651 if(m_cf.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
1652 m_cf.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
1655
|
|
|
1656 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
1657 BOOL bRetTh = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
1658 if(bRetTh == FALSE)
|
|
|
1659 {
|
|
|
1660 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
1661 return -1;
|
|
|
1662 }
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 BOOL bRet = ::ChooseFont(&m_cf);
|
|
|
1667
|
|
|
1668 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 if(bRet) // copy logical font from user's initialization buffer (if needed)
|
|
|
1671 ATL::Checked::memcpy_s(&m_lf, sizeof(m_lf), m_cf.lpLogFont, sizeof(m_lf));
|
|
|
1672
|
|
|
1673 return bRet ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
1674 }
|
|
|
1675
|
|
|
1676 // works only when the dialog is dislayed or after
|
|
|
1677 void GetCurrentFont(LPLOGFONT lplf) const
|
|
|
1678 {
|
|
|
1679 ATLASSERT(lplf != NULL);
|
|
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
|
|
1682 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM)lplf);
|
|
|
1683 else
|
|
|
1684 *lplf = m_lf;
|
|
|
1685 }
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 // works only when the dialog is dislayed or before
|
|
|
1688 void SetLogFont(LPLOGFONT lplf)
|
|
|
1689 {
|
|
|
1690 ATLASSERT(lplf != NULL);
|
|
|
1691
|
|
|
1692 if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
|
|
1693 {
|
|
|
1694 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_CHOOSEFONT_SETLOGFONT, 0, (LPARAM)lplf);
|
|
|
1695 }
|
|
|
1696 else
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 m_lf = *lplf;
|
|
|
1699 m_cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 }
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 void SetFlags(DWORD dwFlags)
|
|
|
1704 {
|
|
|
1705 if(m_hWnd != NULL)
|
|
|
1706 {
|
|
|
1707 CHOOSEFONT cf = { sizeof(CHOOSEFONT) };
|
|
|
1708 cf.Flags = dwFlags;
|
|
|
1709 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_CHOOSEFONT_SETFLAGS, 0, (LPARAM)&cf);
|
|
|
1710 }
|
|
|
1711 else
|
|
|
1712 {
|
|
|
1713 m_cf.Flags = dwFlags;
|
|
|
1714 }
|
|
|
1715 }
|
|
|
1716
|
|
|
1717 // Helpers for parsing information after successful return
|
|
|
1718 LPCTSTR GetFaceName() const // return the face name of the font
|
|
|
1719 {
|
|
|
1720 return (LPCTSTR)m_cf.lpLogFont->lfFaceName;
|
|
|
1721 }
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 LPCTSTR GetStyleName() const // return the style name of the font
|
|
|
1724 {
|
|
|
1725 return m_cf.lpszStyle;
|
|
|
1726 }
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 int GetSize() const // return the pt size of the font
|
|
|
1729 {
|
|
|
1730 return m_cf.iPointSize;
|
|
|
1731 }
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 COLORREF GetColor() const // return the color of the font
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
|
1735 return m_cf.rgbColors;
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 int GetWeight() const // return the chosen font weight
|
|
|
1739 {
|
|
|
1740 return (int)m_cf.lpLogFont->lfWeight;
|
|
|
1741 }
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 BOOL IsStrikeOut() const // return TRUE if strikeout
|
|
|
1744 {
|
|
|
1745 return (m_cf.lpLogFont->lfStrikeOut) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747
|
|
|
1748 BOOL IsUnderline() const // return TRUE if underline
|
|
|
1749 {
|
|
|
1750 return (m_cf.lpLogFont->lfUnderline) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 BOOL IsBold() const // return TRUE if bold font
|
|
|
1754 {
|
|
|
1755 return (m_cf.lpLogFont->lfWeight == FW_BOLD) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
1756 }
|
|
|
1757
|
|
|
1758 BOOL IsItalic() const // return TRUE if italic font
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 return m_cf.lpLogFont->lfItalic ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
1761 }
|
|
|
1762 };
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 class CFontDialog : public CFontDialogImpl<CFontDialog>
|
|
|
1765 {
|
|
|
1766 public:
|
|
|
1767 CFontDialog(LPLOGFONT lplfInitial = NULL,
|
|
|
1768 DWORD dwFlags = CF_EFFECTS | CF_SCREENFONTS,
|
|
|
1769 HDC hDCPrinter = NULL,
|
|
|
1770 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
1771 : CFontDialogImpl<CFontDialog>(lplfInitial, dwFlags, hDCPrinter, hWndParent)
|
|
|
1772 { }
|
|
|
1773
|
|
|
1774 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
1775 };
|
|
|
1776
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1779 // CRichEditFontDialogImpl - font selection for the Rich Edit ctrl
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781 #ifdef _RICHEDIT_
|
|
|
1782
|
|
|
1783 template <class T>
|
|
|
1784 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CRichEditFontDialogImpl : public CFontDialogImpl< T >
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 public:
|
|
|
1787 CRichEditFontDialogImpl(const CHARFORMAT& charformat,
|
|
|
1788 DWORD dwFlags = CF_SCREENFONTS,
|
|
|
1789 HDC hDCPrinter = NULL,
|
|
|
1790 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
1791 : CFontDialogImpl< T >(NULL, dwFlags, hDCPrinter, hWndParent)
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 this->m_cf.Flags |= CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT;
|
|
|
1794 this->m_cf.Flags |= FillInLogFont(charformat);
|
|
|
1795 this->m_cf.lpLogFont = &this->m_lf;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 if((charformat.dwMask & CFM_COLOR) != 0)
|
|
|
1798 this->m_cf.rgbColors = charformat.crTextColor;
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 void GetCharFormat(CHARFORMAT& cf) const
|
|
|
1802 {
|
|
|
1803 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
1804 cf.dwEffects = 0;
|
|
|
1805 cf.dwMask = 0;
|
|
|
1806 if((this->m_cf.Flags & CF_NOSTYLESEL) == 0)
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 cf.dwMask |= CFM_BOLD | CFM_ITALIC;
|
|
|
1809 cf.dwEffects |= this->IsBold() ? CFE_BOLD : 0;
|
|
|
1810 cf.dwEffects |= this->IsItalic() ? CFE_ITALIC : 0;
|
|
|
1811 }
|
|
|
1812 if((this->m_cf.Flags & CF_NOSIZESEL) == 0)
|
|
|
1813 {
|
|
|
1814 cf.dwMask |= CFM_SIZE;
|
|
|
1815 // GetSize() returns in tenths of points so mulitply by 2 to get twips
|
|
|
1816 cf.yHeight = this->GetSize() * 2;
|
|
|
1817 }
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 if((this->m_cf.Flags & CF_NOFACESEL) == 0)
|
|
|
1820 {
|
|
|
1821 cf.dwMask |= CFM_FACE;
|
|
|
1822 cf.bPitchAndFamily = this->m_cf.lpLogFont->lfPitchAndFamily;
|
|
|
1823 ATL::Checked::tcscpy_s(cf.szFaceName, _countof(cf.szFaceName), this->GetFaceName());
|
|
|
1824 }
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 if((this->m_cf.Flags & CF_EFFECTS) != 0)
|
|
|
1827 {
|
|
|
1828 cf.dwMask |= CFM_UNDERLINE | CFM_STRIKEOUT | CFM_COLOR;
|
|
|
1829 cf.dwEffects |= this->IsUnderline() ? CFE_UNDERLINE : 0;
|
|
|
1830 cf.dwEffects |= this->IsStrikeOut() ? CFE_STRIKEOUT : 0;
|
|
|
1831 cf.crTextColor = this->GetColor();
|
|
|
1832 }
|
|
|
1833 if((this->m_cf.Flags & CF_NOSCRIPTSEL) == 0)
|
|
|
1834 {
|
|
|
1835 cf.bCharSet = this->m_cf.lpLogFont->lfCharSet;
|
|
|
1836 cf.dwMask |= CFM_CHARSET;
|
|
|
1837 }
|
|
|
1838 cf.yOffset = 0;
|
|
|
1839 }
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 DWORD FillInLogFont(const CHARFORMAT& cf)
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
1844 DWORD dwFlags = 0;
|
|
|
1845 if((cf.dwMask & CFM_SIZE) != 0)
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 HDC hDC = ::CreateDC(_T("DISPLAY"), NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
1848 LONG yPerInch = ::GetDeviceCaps(hDC, LOGPIXELSY);
|
|
|
1849 this->m_lf.lfHeight = -(int)((cf.yHeight * yPerInch) / 1440);
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 else
|
|
|
1852 this->m_lf.lfHeight = 0;
|
|
|
1853
|
|
|
1854 this->m_lf.lfWidth = 0;
|
|
|
1855 this->m_lf.lfEscapement = 0;
|
|
|
1856 this->m_lf.lfOrientation = 0;
|
|
|
1857
|
|
|
1858 if((cf.dwMask & (CFM_ITALIC | CFM_BOLD)) == (CFM_ITALIC | CFM_BOLD))
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 this->m_lf.lfWeight = ((cf.dwEffects & CFE_BOLD) != 0) ? FW_BOLD : FW_NORMAL;
|
|
|
1861 this->m_lf.lfItalic = (BYTE)(((cf.dwEffects & CFE_ITALIC) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
|
|
|
1862 }
|
|
|
1863 else
|
|
|
1864 {
|
|
|
1865 dwFlags |= CF_NOSTYLESEL;
|
|
|
1866 this->m_lf.lfWeight = FW_DONTCARE;
|
|
|
1867 this->m_lf.lfItalic = FALSE;
|
|
|
1868 }
|
|
|
1869
|
|
|
1870 if((cf.dwMask & (CFM_UNDERLINE | CFM_STRIKEOUT | CFM_COLOR)) == (CFM_UNDERLINE|CFM_STRIKEOUT|CFM_COLOR))
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 dwFlags |= CF_EFFECTS;
|
|
|
1873 this->m_lf.lfUnderline = (BYTE)(((cf.dwEffects & CFE_UNDERLINE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
|
|
|
1874 this->m_lf.lfStrikeOut = (BYTE)(((cf.dwEffects & CFE_STRIKEOUT) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876 else
|
|
|
1877 {
|
|
|
1878 this->m_lf.lfUnderline = (BYTE)FALSE;
|
|
|
1879 this->m_lf.lfStrikeOut = (BYTE)FALSE;
|
|
|
1880 }
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 if((cf.dwMask & CFM_CHARSET) != 0)
|
|
|
1883 this->m_lf.lfCharSet = cf.bCharSet;
|
|
|
1884 else
|
|
|
1885 dwFlags |= CF_NOSCRIPTSEL;
|
|
|
1886 this->m_lf.lfOutPrecision = OUT_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
|
|
|
1887 this->m_lf.lfClipPrecision = CLIP_DEFAULT_PRECIS;
|
|
|
1888 this->m_lf.lfQuality = DEFAULT_QUALITY;
|
|
|
1889 if((cf.dwMask & CFM_FACE) != 0)
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 this->m_lf.lfPitchAndFamily = cf.bPitchAndFamily;
|
|
|
1892 ATL::Checked::tcscpy_s(this->m_lf.lfFaceName, _countof(this->m_lf.lfFaceName), cf.szFaceName);
|
|
|
1893 }
|
|
|
1894 else
|
|
|
1895 {
|
|
|
1896 this->m_lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH|FF_DONTCARE;
|
|
|
1897 this->m_lf.lfFaceName[0] = (TCHAR)0;
|
|
|
1898 }
|
|
|
1899 return dwFlags;
|
|
|
1900 }
|
|
|
1901 };
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 class CRichEditFontDialog : public CRichEditFontDialogImpl<CRichEditFontDialog>
|
|
|
1904 {
|
|
|
1905 public:
|
|
|
1906 CRichEditFontDialog(const CHARFORMAT& charformat,
|
|
|
1907 DWORD dwFlags = CF_SCREENFONTS,
|
|
|
1908 HDC hDCPrinter = NULL,
|
|
|
1909 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
1910 : CRichEditFontDialogImpl<CRichEditFontDialog>(charformat, dwFlags, hDCPrinter, hWndParent)
|
|
|
1911 { }
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
1914 };
|
|
|
1915
|
|
|
1916 #endif // _RICHEDIT_
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
1918
|
|
|
1919 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
1920 // CColorDialogImpl - color selection
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 template <class T>
|
|
|
1923 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CColorDialogImpl : public CCommonDialogImplBase
|
|
|
1924 {
|
|
|
1925 public:
|
|
|
1926 CHOOSECOLOR m_cc;
|
|
|
1927
|
|
|
1928 // Constructor
|
|
|
1929 CColorDialogImpl(COLORREF clrInit = 0, DWORD dwFlags = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 memset(&m_cc, 0, sizeof(m_cc));
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 m_cc.lStructSize = sizeof(m_cc);
|
|
|
1934 m_cc.lpCustColors = GetCustomColors();
|
|
|
1935 m_cc.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1936 m_cc.Flags = dwFlags | CC_ENABLEHOOK;
|
|
|
1937 m_cc.lpfnHook = (LPCCHOOKPROC)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
1938
|
|
|
1939 if(clrInit != 0)
|
|
|
1940 {
|
|
|
1941 m_cc.rgbResult = clrInit;
|
|
|
1942 m_cc.Flags |= CC_RGBINIT;
|
|
|
1943 }
|
|
|
1944 }
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 // Operations
|
|
|
1947 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
1948 {
|
|
|
1949 ATLASSERT((m_cc.Flags & CC_ENABLEHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
1950 ATLASSERT(m_cc.lpfnHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 if(m_cc.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
1953 m_cc.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
1954
|
|
|
1955 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
1956
|
|
|
1957 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
1958 BOOL bRetTh = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
1959 if(bRetTh == FALSE)
|
|
|
1960 {
|
|
|
1961 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
1962 return -1;
|
|
|
1963 }
|
|
|
1964
|
|
|
1965 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 BOOL bRet = ::ChooseColor(&m_cc);
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 return bRet ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 // Set the current color while dialog is displayed
|
|
|
1975 void SetCurrentColor(COLORREF clr)
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
1978 SendMessage(_GetSetRGBMessage(), 0, (LPARAM)clr);
|
|
|
1979 }
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
1981 // Get the selected color after DoModal returns, or in OnColorOK
|
|
|
1982 COLORREF GetColor() const
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
|
1984 return m_cc.rgbResult;
|
|
|
1985 }
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 // Special override for the color dialog
|
|
|
1988 static UINT_PTR APIENTRY HookProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
1989 {
|
|
|
1990 if((uMsg != WM_INITDIALOG) && (uMsg != _GetColorOKMessage()))
|
|
|
1991 return 0;
|
|
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 LPCHOOSECOLOR lpCC = (LPCHOOSECOLOR)lParam;
|
|
|
1994 CCommonDialogImplBase* pT = NULL;
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 if(uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 pT = (CCommonDialogImplBase*)ModuleHelper::ExtractCreateWndData();
|
|
|
1999 lpCC->lCustData = (LPARAM)pT;
|
|
|
2000 ATLASSERT(pT != NULL);
|
|
|
2001 ATLASSERT(pT->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
2002 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(hWnd));
|
|
|
2003 // subclass dialog's window
|
|
|
2004 if(!pT->SubclassWindow(hWnd))
|
|
|
2005 {
|
|
|
2006 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("Subclassing a Color common dialog failed\n"));
|
|
|
2007 return 0;
|
|
|
2008 }
|
|
|
2009 }
|
|
|
2010 else if(uMsg == _GetColorOKMessage())
|
|
|
2011 {
|
|
|
2012 pT = (CCommonDialogImplBase*)lpCC->lCustData;
|
|
|
2013 ATLASSERT(pT != NULL);
|
|
|
2014 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(pT->m_hWnd));
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016 else
|
|
|
2017 {
|
|
|
2018 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
2019 return 0;
|
|
|
2020 }
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 // pass to the message map
|
|
|
2023 LRESULT lRes = 0;
|
|
|
2024 if(pT->ProcessWindowMessage(pT->m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam, lRes, 0) == FALSE)
|
|
|
2025 return 0;
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 return lRes;
|
|
|
2028 }
|
|
|
2029
|
|
|
2030 // Helpers
|
|
|
2031 static COLORREF* GetCustomColors()
|
|
|
2032 {
|
|
|
2033 static COLORREF rgbCustomColors[16] =
|
|
|
2034 {
|
|
|
2035 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2036 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2037 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2038 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2039 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2040 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2041 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2042 RGB(255, 255, 255), RGB(255, 255, 255),
|
|
|
2043 };
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 return rgbCustomColors;
|
|
|
2046 }
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 static UINT _GetSetRGBMessage()
|
|
|
2049 {
|
|
|
2050 static UINT uSetRGBMessage = 0;
|
|
|
2051 if(uSetRGBMessage == 0)
|
|
|
2052 {
|
|
|
2053 CStaticDataInitCriticalSectionLock lock;
|
|
|
2054 if(FAILED(lock.Lock()))
|
|
|
2055 {
|
|
|
2056 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("ERROR : Unable to lock critical section in CColorDialogImpl::_GetSetRGBMessage.\n"));
|
|
|
2057 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
2058 return 0;
|
|
|
2059 }
|
|
|
2060
|
|
|
2061 if(uSetRGBMessage == 0)
|
|
|
2062 uSetRGBMessage = ::RegisterWindowMessage(SETRGBSTRING);
|
|
|
2063
|
|
|
2064 lock.Unlock();
|
|
|
2065 }
|
|
|
2066 ATLASSERT(uSetRGBMessage != 0);
|
|
|
2067 return uSetRGBMessage;
|
|
|
2068 }
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 static UINT _GetColorOKMessage()
|
|
|
2071 {
|
|
|
2072 static UINT uColorOKMessage = 0;
|
|
|
2073 if(uColorOKMessage == 0)
|
|
|
2074 {
|
|
|
2075 CStaticDataInitCriticalSectionLock lock;
|
|
|
2076 if(FAILED(lock.Lock()))
|
|
|
2077 {
|
|
|
2078 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("ERROR : Unable to lock critical section in CColorDialogImpl::_GetColorOKMessage.\n"));
|
|
|
2079 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
2080 return 0;
|
|
|
2081 }
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 if(uColorOKMessage == 0)
|
|
|
2084 uColorOKMessage = ::RegisterWindowMessage(COLOROKSTRING);
|
|
|
2085
|
|
|
2086 lock.Unlock();
|
|
|
2087 }
|
|
|
2088 ATLASSERT(uColorOKMessage != 0);
|
|
|
2089 return uColorOKMessage;
|
|
|
2090 }
|
|
|
2091
|
|
|
2092 // Message map and handlers
|
|
|
2093 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CColorDialogImpl)
|
|
|
2094 MESSAGE_HANDLER(_GetColorOKMessage(), _OnColorOK)
|
|
|
2095 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2096
|
|
|
2097 LRESULT _OnColorOK(UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM, BOOL&)
|
|
|
2098 {
|
|
|
2099 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
2100 return pT->OnColorOK();
|
|
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 // Overrideable
|
|
|
2104 BOOL OnColorOK() // validate color
|
|
|
2105 {
|
|
|
2106 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2107 }
|
|
|
2108 };
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 class CColorDialog : public CColorDialogImpl<CColorDialog>
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
|
2112 public:
|
|
|
2113 CColorDialog(COLORREF clrInit = 0, DWORD dwFlags = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2114 : CColorDialogImpl<CColorDialog>(clrInit, dwFlags, hWndParent)
|
|
|
2115 { }
|
|
|
2116
|
|
|
2117 // override base class map and references to handlers
|
|
|
2118 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2119 };
|
|
|
2120
|
|
|
2121
|
|
|
2122 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
2123 // CPrintDialogImpl - used for Print... and PrintSetup...
|
|
|
2124
|
|
|
2125 // global helper
|
|
|
2126 static inline HDC _AtlCreateDC(HGLOBAL hDevNames, HGLOBAL hDevMode)
|
|
|
2127 {
|
|
|
2128 if(hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2129 return NULL;
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 LPDEVNAMES lpDevNames = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(hDevNames);
|
|
|
2132 LPDEVMODE lpDevMode = (hDevMode != NULL) ? (LPDEVMODE)::GlobalLock(hDevMode) : NULL;
|
|
|
2133
|
|
|
2134 if(lpDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2135 return NULL;
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 HDC hDC = ::CreateDC((LPCTSTR)lpDevNames + lpDevNames->wDriverOffset,
|
|
|
2138 (LPCTSTR)lpDevNames + lpDevNames->wDeviceOffset,
|
|
|
2139 (LPCTSTR)lpDevNames + lpDevNames->wOutputOffset,
|
|
|
2140 lpDevMode);
|
|
|
2141
|
|
|
2142 ::GlobalUnlock(hDevNames);
|
|
|
2143 if(hDevMode != NULL)
|
|
|
2144 ::GlobalUnlock(hDevMode);
|
|
|
2145 return hDC;
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 #pragma warning(push)
|
|
|
2149 #pragma warning(disable: 4512) // assignment operator could not be generated
|
|
|
2150
|
|
|
2151 template <class T>
|
|
|
2152 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CPrintDialogImpl : public CCommonDialogImplBase
|
|
|
2153 {
|
|
|
2154 public:
|
|
|
2155 // print dialog parameter block (note this is a reference)
|
|
|
2156 PRINTDLG& m_pd;
|
|
|
2157
|
|
|
2158 // Constructors
|
|
|
2159 CPrintDialogImpl(BOOL bPrintSetupOnly = FALSE, // TRUE for Print Setup, FALSE for Print Dialog
|
|
|
2160 DWORD dwFlags = PD_ALLPAGES | PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES | PD_NOPAGENUMS | PD_NOSELECTION,
|
|
|
2161 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2162 : m_pd(m_pdActual)
|
|
|
2163 {
|
|
|
2164 memset(&m_pdActual, 0, sizeof(m_pdActual));
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 m_pd.lStructSize = sizeof(m_pdActual);
|
|
|
2167 m_pd.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2168 m_pd.Flags = (dwFlags | PD_ENABLEPRINTHOOK | PD_ENABLESETUPHOOK);
|
|
|
2169 m_pd.lpfnPrintHook = (LPPRINTHOOKPROC)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
2170 m_pd.lpfnSetupHook = (LPSETUPHOOKPROC)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
2171
|
|
|
2172 if(bPrintSetupOnly)
|
|
|
2173 m_pd.Flags |= PD_PRINTSETUP;
|
|
|
2174 else
|
|
|
2175 m_pd.Flags |= PD_RETURNDC;
|
|
|
2176
|
|
|
2177 m_pd.Flags &= ~PD_RETURNIC; // do not support information context
|
|
|
2178 }
|
|
|
2179
|
|
|
2180 // Operations
|
|
|
2181 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 ATLASSERT((m_pd.Flags & PD_ENABLEPRINTHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
2184 ATLASSERT((m_pd.Flags & PD_ENABLESETUPHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
2185 ATLASSERT(m_pd.lpfnPrintHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
2186 ATLASSERT(m_pd.lpfnSetupHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
2187 ATLASSERT((m_pd.Flags & PD_RETURNDEFAULT) == 0); // use GetDefaults for this
|
|
|
2188
|
|
|
2189 if(m_pd.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
2190 m_pd.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
2193
|
|
|
2194 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
2195 BOOL bRetTh = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
2196 if(bRetTh == FALSE)
|
|
|
2197 {
|
|
|
2198 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
2199 return -1;
|
|
|
2200 }
|
|
|
2201
|
|
|
2202 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 BOOL bRet = ::PrintDlg(&m_pd);
|
|
|
2205
|
|
|
2206 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
2207
|
|
|
2208 return bRet ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
2209 }
|
|
|
2210
|
|
|
2211 // GetDefaults will not display a dialog but will get device defaults
|
|
|
2212 BOOL GetDefaults()
|
|
|
2213 {
|
|
|
2214 m_pd.Flags |= PD_RETURNDEFAULT;
|
|
|
2215 ATLASSERT(m_pd.hDevMode == NULL); // must be NULL
|
|
|
2216 ATLASSERT(m_pd.hDevNames == NULL); // must be NULL
|
|
|
2217
|
|
|
2218 return ::PrintDlg(&m_pd);
|
|
|
2219 }
|
|
|
2220
|
|
|
2221 // Helpers for parsing information after successful return num. copies requested
|
|
|
2222 int GetCopies() const
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 if((m_pd.Flags & PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES) != 0)
|
|
|
2225 {
|
|
|
2226 LPDEVMODE lpDevMode = GetDevMode();
|
|
|
2227 return (lpDevMode != NULL) ? lpDevMode->dmCopies : -1;
|
|
|
2228 }
|
|
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 return m_pd.nCopies;
|
|
|
2231 }
|
|
|
2232
|
|
|
2233 BOOL PrintCollate() const // TRUE if collate checked
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 return ((m_pd.Flags & PD_COLLATE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237
|
|
|
2238 BOOL PrintSelection() const // TRUE if printing selection
|
|
|
2239 {
|
|
|
2240 return ((m_pd.Flags & PD_SELECTION) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2241 }
|
|
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 BOOL PrintAll() const // TRUE if printing all pages
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 return (!PrintRange() && !PrintSelection()) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2246 }
|
|
|
2247
|
|
|
2248 BOOL PrintRange() const // TRUE if printing page range
|
|
|
2249 {
|
|
|
2250 return ((m_pd.Flags & PD_PAGENUMS) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2251 }
|
|
|
2252
|
|
|
2253 BOOL PrintToFile() const // TRUE if printing to a file
|
|
|
2254 {
|
|
|
2255 return ((m_pd.Flags & PD_PRINTTOFILE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257
|
|
|
2258 int GetFromPage() const // starting page if valid
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 return PrintRange() ? m_pd.nFromPage : -1;
|
|
|
2261 }
|
|
|
2262
|
|
|
2263 int GetToPage() const // ending page if valid
|
|
|
2264 {
|
|
|
2265 return PrintRange() ? m_pd.nToPage : -1;
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 LPDEVMODE GetDevMode() const // return DEVMODE
|
|
|
2269 {
|
|
|
2270 if(m_pd.hDevMode == NULL)
|
|
|
2271 return NULL;
|
|
|
2272
|
|
|
2273 return (LPDEVMODE)::GlobalLock(m_pd.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2274 }
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 LPCTSTR GetDriverName() const // return driver name
|
|
|
2277 {
|
|
|
2278 if(m_pd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2279 return NULL;
|
|
|
2280
|
|
|
2281 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2282 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2283 return NULL;
|
|
|
2284
|
|
|
2285 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDriverOffset;
|
|
|
2286 }
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 LPCTSTR GetDeviceName() const // return device name
|
|
|
2289 {
|
|
|
2290 if(m_pd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2291 return NULL;
|
|
|
2292
|
|
|
2293 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2294 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2295 return NULL;
|
|
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDeviceOffset;
|
|
|
2298 }
|
|
|
2299
|
|
|
2300 LPCTSTR GetPortName() const // return output port name
|
|
|
2301 {
|
|
|
2302 if(m_pd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2303 return NULL;
|
|
|
2304
|
|
|
2305 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2306 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2307 return NULL;
|
|
|
2308
|
|
|
2309 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wOutputOffset;
|
|
|
2310 }
|
|
|
2311
|
|
|
2312 HDC GetPrinterDC() const // return HDC (caller must delete)
|
|
|
2313 {
|
|
|
2314 ATLASSERT((m_pd.Flags & PD_RETURNDC) != 0);
|
|
|
2315 return m_pd.hDC;
|
|
|
2316 }
|
|
|
2317
|
|
|
2318 // This helper creates a DC based on the DEVNAMES and DEVMODE structures.
|
|
|
2319 // This DC is returned, but also stored in m_pd.hDC as though it had been
|
|
|
2320 // returned by CommDlg. It is assumed that any previously obtained DC
|
|
|
2321 // has been/will be deleted by the user. This may be
|
|
|
2322 // used without ever invoking the print/print setup dialogs.
|
|
|
2323 HDC CreatePrinterDC()
|
|
|
2324 {
|
|
|
2325 m_pd.hDC = _AtlCreateDC(m_pd.hDevNames, m_pd.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2326 return m_pd.hDC;
|
|
|
2327 }
|
|
|
2328
|
|
|
2329 // Implementation
|
|
|
2330 PRINTDLG m_pdActual; // the Print/Print Setup need to share this
|
|
|
2331
|
|
|
2332 // The following handle the case of print setup... from the print dialog
|
|
|
2333 CPrintDialogImpl(PRINTDLG& pdInit) : m_pd(pdInit)
|
|
|
2334 { }
|
|
|
2335
|
|
|
2336 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CPrintDialogImpl)
|
|
|
2337 #ifdef psh1
|
|
|
2338 COMMAND_ID_HANDLER(psh1, OnPrintSetup) // print setup button when print is displayed
|
|
|
2339 #else // !psh1
|
|
|
2340 COMMAND_ID_HANDLER(0x0400, OnPrintSetup) // value from dlgs.h
|
|
|
2341 #endif // !psh1
|
|
|
2342 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2343
|
|
|
2344 LRESULT OnPrintSetup(WORD wNotifyCode, WORD wID, HWND hWndCtl, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
2345 {
|
|
|
2346 T dlgSetup(m_pd);
|
|
|
2347 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&dlgSetup.m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)&dlgSetup);
|
|
|
2348 return DefWindowProc(WM_COMMAND, MAKEWPARAM(wID, wNotifyCode), (LPARAM)hWndCtl);
|
|
|
2349 }
|
|
|
2350 };
|
|
|
2351
|
|
|
2352 class CPrintDialog : public CPrintDialogImpl<CPrintDialog>
|
|
|
2353 {
|
|
|
2354 public:
|
|
|
2355 CPrintDialog(BOOL bPrintSetupOnly = FALSE,
|
|
|
2356 DWORD dwFlags = PD_ALLPAGES | PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES | PD_NOPAGENUMS | PD_NOSELECTION,
|
|
|
2357 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2358 : CPrintDialogImpl<CPrintDialog>(bPrintSetupOnly, dwFlags, hWndParent)
|
|
|
2359 { }
|
|
|
2360
|
|
|
2361 CPrintDialog(PRINTDLG& pdInit) : CPrintDialogImpl<CPrintDialog>(pdInit)
|
|
|
2362 { }
|
|
|
2363 };
|
|
|
2364
|
|
|
2365 #pragma warning(pop)
|
|
|
2366
|
|
|
2367
|
|
|
2368 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
2369 // CPrintDialogExImpl - new print dialog for Windows 2000
|
|
|
2370
|
|
|
2371 } // namespace WTL
|
|
|
2372
|
|
|
2373 #include <atlcom.h>
|
|
|
2374
|
|
|
2375 extern "C" const __declspec(selectany) IID IID_IPrintDialogCallback = {0x5852a2c3, 0x6530, 0x11d1, {0xb6, 0xa3, 0x0, 0x0, 0xf8, 0x75, 0x7b, 0xf9}};
|
|
|
2376 extern "C" const __declspec(selectany) IID IID_IPrintDialogServices = {0x509aaeda, 0x5639, 0x11d1, {0xb6, 0xa1, 0x0, 0x0, 0xf8, 0x75, 0x7b, 0xf9}};
|
|
|
2377
|
|
|
2378 namespace WTL
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 template <class T>
|
|
|
2382 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CPrintDialogExImpl :
|
|
|
2383 public ATL::CWindow,
|
|
|
2384 public ATL::CMessageMap,
|
|
|
2385 public IPrintDialogCallback,
|
|
|
2386 public ATL::IObjectWithSiteImpl< T >
|
|
|
2387 {
|
|
|
2388 public:
|
|
|
2389 PRINTDLGEX m_pdex;
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 // Constructor
|
|
|
2392 CPrintDialogExImpl(DWORD dwFlags = PD_ALLPAGES | PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES | PD_NOPAGENUMS | PD_NOSELECTION | PD_NOCURRENTPAGE,
|
|
|
2393 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2394 {
|
|
|
2395 memset(&m_pdex, 0, sizeof(m_pdex));
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 m_pdex.lStructSize = sizeof(PRINTDLGEX);
|
|
|
2398 m_pdex.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2399 m_pdex.Flags = dwFlags;
|
|
|
2400 m_pdex.nStartPage = START_PAGE_GENERAL;
|
|
|
2401 // callback object will be set in DoModal
|
|
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 m_pdex.Flags &= ~PD_RETURNIC; // do not support information context
|
|
|
2404 }
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 // Operations
|
|
|
2407 HRESULT DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
2408 {
|
|
|
2409 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
2410 ATLASSERT((m_pdex.Flags & PD_RETURNDEFAULT) == 0); // use GetDefaults for this
|
|
|
2411
|
|
|
2412 if(m_pdex.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
2413 m_pdex.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2414
|
|
|
2415 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
2416 m_pdex.lpCallback = (IUnknown*)(IPrintDialogCallback*)pT;
|
|
|
2417
|
|
|
2418 HRESULT hResult = ::PrintDlgEx(&m_pdex);
|
|
|
2419
|
|
|
2420 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 return hResult;
|
|
|
2423 }
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 BOOL EndDialog(INT_PTR /*nRetCode*/ = 0)
|
|
|
2426 {
|
|
|
2427 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
2428 SendMessage(WM_COMMAND, MAKEWPARAM(IDABORT, 0));
|
|
|
2429 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 // GetDefaults will not display a dialog but will get device defaults
|
|
|
2433 HRESULT GetDefaults()
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 ATLASSERT(m_pdex.hDevMode == NULL); // must be NULL
|
|
|
2436 ATLASSERT(m_pdex.hDevNames == NULL); // must be NULL
|
|
|
2437
|
|
|
2438 if(m_pdex.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
2439 m_pdex.hwndOwner = ::GetActiveWindow();
|
|
|
2440
|
|
|
2441 m_pdex.Flags |= PD_RETURNDEFAULT;
|
|
|
2442 HRESULT hRet = ::PrintDlgEx(&m_pdex);
|
|
|
2443 m_pdex.Flags &= ~PD_RETURNDEFAULT;
|
|
|
2444
|
|
|
2445 return hRet;
|
|
|
2446 }
|
|
|
2447
|
|
|
2448 // Helpers for parsing information after successful return num. copies requested
|
|
|
2449 int GetCopies() const
|
|
|
2450 {
|
|
|
2451 if((m_pdex.Flags & PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES) != 0)
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 LPDEVMODE lpDevMode = GetDevMode();
|
|
|
2454 return (lpDevMode != NULL) ? lpDevMode->dmCopies : -1;
|
|
|
2455 }
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 return m_pdex.nCopies;
|
|
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459
|
|
|
2460 BOOL PrintCollate() const // TRUE if collate checked
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 return ((m_pdex.Flags & PD_COLLATE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2463 }
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 BOOL PrintSelection() const // TRUE if printing selection
|
|
|
2466 {
|
|
|
2467 return ((m_pdex.Flags & PD_SELECTION) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 BOOL PrintAll() const // TRUE if printing all pages
|
|
|
2471 {
|
|
|
2472 return (!PrintRange() && !PrintSelection()) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2473 }
|
|
|
2474
|
|
|
2475 BOOL PrintRange() const // TRUE if printing page range
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 return ((m_pdex.Flags & PD_PAGENUMS) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2478 }
|
|
|
2479
|
|
|
2480 BOOL PrintToFile() const // TRUE if printing to a file
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 return ((m_pdex.Flags & PD_PRINTTOFILE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 LPDEVMODE GetDevMode() const // return DEVMODE
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 if(m_pdex.hDevMode == NULL)
|
|
|
2488 return NULL;
|
|
|
2489
|
|
|
2490 return (LPDEVMODE)::GlobalLock(m_pdex.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492
|
|
|
2493 LPCTSTR GetDriverName() const // return driver name
|
|
|
2494 {
|
|
|
2495 if(m_pdex.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2496 return NULL;
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pdex.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2499 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2500 return NULL;
|
|
|
2501
|
|
|
2502 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDriverOffset;
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504
|
|
|
2505 LPCTSTR GetDeviceName() const // return device name
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 if(m_pdex.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2508 return NULL;
|
|
|
2509
|
|
|
2510 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pdex.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2511 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2512 return NULL;
|
|
|
2513
|
|
|
2514 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDeviceOffset;
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 LPCTSTR GetPortName() const // return output port name
|
|
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 if(m_pdex.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2520 return NULL;
|
|
|
2521
|
|
|
2522 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_pdex.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2523 if(lpDev == NULL)
|
|
|
2524 return NULL;
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wOutputOffset;
|
|
|
2527 }
|
|
|
2528
|
|
|
2529 HDC GetPrinterDC() const // return HDC (caller must delete)
|
|
|
2530 {
|
|
|
2531 ATLASSERT((m_pdex.Flags & PD_RETURNDC) != 0);
|
|
|
2532 return m_pdex.hDC;
|
|
|
2533 }
|
|
|
2534
|
|
|
2535 // This helper creates a DC based on the DEVNAMES and DEVMODE structures.
|
|
|
2536 // This DC is returned, but also stored in m_pdex.hDC as though it had been
|
|
|
2537 // returned by CommDlg. It is assumed that any previously obtained DC
|
|
|
2538 // has been/will be deleted by the user. This may be
|
|
|
2539 // used without ever invoking the print/print setup dialogs.
|
|
|
2540 HDC CreatePrinterDC()
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 m_pdex.hDC = _AtlCreateDC(m_pdex.hDevNames, m_pdex.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2543 return m_pdex.hDC;
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545
|
|
|
2546 // Implementation - interfaces
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 // IUnknown
|
|
|
2549 STDMETHOD(QueryInterface)(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject)
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 if(ppvObject == NULL)
|
|
|
2552 return E_POINTER;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
2555 if(IsEqualGUID(riid, IID_IUnknown) || IsEqualGUID(riid, IID_IPrintDialogCallback))
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 *ppvObject = (IPrintDialogCallback*)pT;
|
|
|
2558 // AddRef() not needed
|
|
|
2559 return S_OK;
|
|
|
2560 }
|
|
|
2561 else if(IsEqualGUID(riid, IID_IObjectWithSite))
|
|
|
2562 {
|
|
|
2563 *ppvObject = (IObjectWithSite*)pT;
|
|
|
2564 // AddRef() not needed
|
|
|
2565 return S_OK;
|
|
|
2566 }
|
|
|
2567
|
|
|
2568 return E_NOINTERFACE;
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570
|
|
|
2571 virtual ULONG STDMETHODCALLTYPE AddRef()
|
|
|
2572 {
|
|
|
2573 return 1;
|
|
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575
|
|
|
2576 virtual ULONG STDMETHODCALLTYPE Release()
|
|
|
2577 {
|
|
|
2578 return 1;
|
|
|
2579 }
|
|
|
2580
|
|
|
2581 // IPrintDialogCallback
|
|
|
2582 STDMETHOD(InitDone)()
|
|
|
2583 {
|
|
|
2584 return S_FALSE;
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586
|
|
|
2587 STDMETHOD(SelectionChange)()
|
|
|
2588 {
|
|
|
2589 return S_FALSE;
|
|
|
2590 }
|
|
|
2591
|
|
|
2592 STDMETHOD(HandleMessage)(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LRESULT* plResult)
|
|
|
2593 {
|
|
|
2594 // set up m_hWnd the first time
|
|
|
2595 if(m_hWnd == NULL)
|
|
|
2596 Attach(hWnd);
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 // call message map
|
|
|
2599 HRESULT hRet = ProcessWindowMessage(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam, *plResult, 0) ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
|
|
|
2600 if((hRet == S_OK) && (uMsg == WM_NOTIFY)) // return in DWLP_MSGRESULT
|
|
|
2601 ::SetWindowLongPtr(GetParent(), DWLP_MSGRESULT, (LONG_PTR)*plResult);
|
|
|
2602
|
|
|
2603 if((uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG) && (hRet == S_OK) && ((BOOL)*plResult != FALSE))
|
|
|
2604 hRet = S_FALSE;
|
|
|
2605
|
|
|
2606 return hRet;
|
|
|
2607 }
|
|
|
2608 };
|
|
|
2609
|
|
|
2610 class CPrintDialogEx : public CPrintDialogExImpl<CPrintDialogEx>
|
|
|
2611 {
|
|
|
2612 public:
|
|
|
2613 CPrintDialogEx(
|
|
|
2614 DWORD dwFlags = PD_ALLPAGES | PD_USEDEVMODECOPIES | PD_NOPAGENUMS | PD_NOSELECTION | PD_NOCURRENTPAGE,
|
|
|
2615 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2616 : CPrintDialogExImpl<CPrintDialogEx>(dwFlags, hWndParent)
|
|
|
2617 { }
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2620 };
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622
|
|
|
2623 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
2624 // CPageSetupDialogImpl - Page Setup dialog
|
|
|
2625
|
|
|
2626 template <class T>
|
|
|
2627 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CPageSetupDialogImpl : public CCommonDialogImplBase
|
|
|
2628 {
|
|
|
2629 public:
|
|
|
2630 PAGESETUPDLG m_psd;
|
|
|
2631 ATL::CWndProcThunk m_thunkPaint;
|
|
|
2632
|
|
|
2633 // Constructors
|
|
|
2634 CPageSetupDialogImpl(DWORD dwFlags = PSD_MARGINS | PSD_INWININIINTLMEASURE, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2635 {
|
|
|
2636 memset(&m_psd, 0, sizeof(m_psd));
|
|
|
2637
|
|
|
2638 m_psd.lStructSize = sizeof(m_psd);
|
|
|
2639 m_psd.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2640 m_psd.Flags = (dwFlags | PSD_ENABLEPAGESETUPHOOK | PSD_ENABLEPAGEPAINTHOOK);
|
|
|
2641 m_psd.lpfnPageSetupHook = (LPPAGESETUPHOOK)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
2642 m_thunkPaint.Init((WNDPROC)T::PaintHookProc, this);
|
|
|
2643 m_psd.lpfnPagePaintHook = (LPPAGEPAINTHOOK)m_thunkPaint.GetWNDPROC();
|
|
|
2644 }
|
|
|
2645
|
|
|
2646 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2647
|
|
|
2648 // Attributes
|
|
|
2649 LPDEVMODE GetDevMode() const // return DEVMODE
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 if(m_psd.hDevMode == NULL)
|
|
|
2652 return NULL;
|
|
|
2653
|
|
|
2654 return (LPDEVMODE)::GlobalLock(m_psd.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2655 }
|
|
|
2656
|
|
|
2657 LPCTSTR GetDriverName() const // return driver name
|
|
|
2658 {
|
|
|
2659 if(m_psd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2660 return NULL;
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_psd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2663 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDriverOffset;
|
|
|
2664 }
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 LPCTSTR GetDeviceName() const // return device name
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 if(m_psd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2669 return NULL;
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_psd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2672 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wDeviceOffset;
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 LPCTSTR GetPortName() const // return output port name
|
|
|
2676 {
|
|
|
2677 if(m_psd.hDevNames == NULL)
|
|
|
2678 return NULL;
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
2680 LPDEVNAMES lpDev = (LPDEVNAMES)::GlobalLock(m_psd.hDevNames);
|
|
|
2681 return (LPCTSTR)lpDev + lpDev->wOutputOffset;
|
|
|
2682 }
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 HDC CreatePrinterDC()
|
|
|
2685 {
|
|
|
2686 return _AtlCreateDC(m_psd.hDevNames, m_psd.hDevMode);
|
|
|
2687 }
|
|
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 SIZE GetPaperSize() const
|
|
|
2690 {
|
|
|
2691 SIZE size = { m_psd.ptPaperSize.x, m_psd.ptPaperSize.y };
|
|
|
2692 return size;
|
|
|
2693 }
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 void GetMargins(LPRECT lpRectMargins, LPRECT lpRectMinMargins) const
|
|
|
2696 {
|
|
|
2697 if(lpRectMargins != NULL)
|
|
|
2698 *lpRectMargins = m_psd.rtMargin;
|
|
|
2699 if(lpRectMinMargins != NULL)
|
|
|
2700 *lpRectMinMargins = m_psd.rtMinMargin;
|
|
|
2701 }
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 // Operations
|
|
|
2704 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
2705 {
|
|
|
2706 ATLASSERT((m_psd.Flags & PSD_ENABLEPAGESETUPHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
2707 ATLASSERT((m_psd.Flags & PSD_ENABLEPAGEPAINTHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
2708 ATLASSERT(m_psd.lpfnPageSetupHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
2709 ATLASSERT(m_psd.lpfnPagePaintHook != NULL); // can still be a user hook
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 if(m_psd.hwndOwner == NULL) // set only if not specified before
|
|
|
2712 m_psd.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2713
|
|
|
2714 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
2715
|
|
|
2716 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
2717 BOOL bRetTh = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
2718 if(bRetTh == FALSE)
|
|
|
2719 {
|
|
|
2720 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
2721 return -1;
|
|
|
2722 }
|
|
|
2723
|
|
|
2724 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
2725
|
|
|
2726 BOOL bRet = ::PageSetupDlg(&m_psd);
|
|
|
2727
|
|
|
2728 m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
2729
|
|
|
2730 return bRet ? IDOK : IDCANCEL;
|
|
|
2731 }
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 // Implementation
|
|
|
2734 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK PaintHookProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
2735 {
|
|
|
2736 T* pT = (T*)hWnd;
|
|
|
2737 UINT_PTR uRet = 0;
|
|
|
2738 switch(uMsg)
|
|
|
2739 {
|
|
|
2740 case WM_PSD_PAGESETUPDLG:
|
|
|
2741 uRet = pT->PreDrawPage(LOWORD(wParam), HIWORD(wParam), (LPPAGESETUPDLG)lParam);
|
|
|
2742 break;
|
|
|
2743 case WM_PSD_FULLPAGERECT:
|
|
|
2744 case WM_PSD_MINMARGINRECT:
|
|
|
2745 case WM_PSD_MARGINRECT:
|
|
|
2746 case WM_PSD_GREEKTEXTRECT:
|
|
|
2747 case WM_PSD_ENVSTAMPRECT:
|
|
|
2748 case WM_PSD_YAFULLPAGERECT:
|
|
|
2749 uRet = pT->OnDrawPage(uMsg, (HDC)wParam, (LPRECT)lParam);
|
|
|
2750 break;
|
|
|
2751 default:
|
|
|
2752 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("CPageSetupDialogImpl::PaintHookProc - unknown message received\n"));
|
|
|
2753 break;
|
|
|
2754 }
|
|
|
2755 return uRet;
|
|
|
2756 }
|
|
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 // Overridables
|
|
|
2759 UINT_PTR PreDrawPage(WORD /*wPaper*/, WORD /*wFlags*/, LPPAGESETUPDLG /*pPSD*/)
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 // return 1 to prevent any more drawing
|
|
|
2762 return 0;
|
|
|
2763 }
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 UINT_PTR OnDrawPage(UINT /*uMsg*/, HDC /*hDC*/, LPRECT /*lpRect*/)
|
|
|
2766 {
|
|
|
2767 return 0; // do the default
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 };
|
|
|
2770
|
|
|
2771 class CPageSetupDialog : public CPageSetupDialogImpl<CPageSetupDialog>
|
|
|
2772 {
|
|
|
2773 public:
|
|
|
2774 CPageSetupDialog(DWORD dwFlags = PSD_MARGINS | PSD_INWININIINTLMEASURE, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2775 : CPageSetupDialogImpl<CPageSetupDialog>(dwFlags, hWndParent)
|
|
|
2776 { }
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 // override PaintHookProc and references to handlers
|
|
|
2779 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK PaintHookProc(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM)
|
|
|
2780 {
|
|
|
2781 return 0;
|
|
|
2782 }
|
|
|
2783 };
|
|
|
2784
|
|
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
2787 // CFindReplaceDialogImpl - Find/FindReplace modeless dialogs
|
|
|
2788
|
|
|
2789 template <class T>
|
|
|
2790 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CFindReplaceDialogImpl : public CCommonDialogImplBase
|
|
|
2791 {
|
|
|
2792 public:
|
|
|
2793 enum { _cchFindReplaceBuffer = 128 };
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 FINDREPLACE m_fr;
|
|
|
2796 TCHAR m_szFindWhat[_cchFindReplaceBuffer];
|
|
|
2797 TCHAR m_szReplaceWith[_cchFindReplaceBuffer];
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 // Constructors
|
|
|
2800 CFindReplaceDialogImpl()
|
|
|
2801 {
|
|
|
2802 memset(&m_fr, 0, sizeof(m_fr));
|
|
|
2803 m_szFindWhat[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
2804 m_szReplaceWith[0] = _T('\0');
|
|
|
2805
|
|
|
2806 m_fr.lStructSize = sizeof(m_fr);
|
|
|
2807 m_fr.Flags = FR_ENABLEHOOK;
|
|
|
2808 m_fr.lpfnHook = (LPFRHOOKPROC)T::HookProc;
|
|
|
2809 m_fr.lpstrFindWhat = (LPTSTR)m_szFindWhat;
|
|
|
2810 m_fr.wFindWhatLen = _cchFindReplaceBuffer;
|
|
|
2811 m_fr.lpstrReplaceWith = (LPTSTR)m_szReplaceWith;
|
|
|
2812 m_fr.wReplaceWithLen = _cchFindReplaceBuffer;
|
|
|
2813 }
|
|
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 // Note: You must allocate the object on the heap.
|
|
|
2816 // If you do not, you must override OnFinalMessage()
|
|
|
2817 virtual void OnFinalMessage(HWND /*hWnd*/)
|
|
|
2818 {
|
|
|
2819 delete this;
|
|
|
2820 }
|
|
|
2821
|
|
|
2822 HWND Create(BOOL bFindDialogOnly, // TRUE for Find, FALSE for FindReplace
|
|
|
2823 LPCTSTR lpszFindWhat,
|
|
|
2824 LPCTSTR lpszReplaceWith = NULL,
|
|
|
2825 DWORD dwFlags = FR_DOWN,
|
|
|
2826 HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
2827 {
|
|
|
2828 ATLASSERT((m_fr.Flags & FR_ENABLEHOOK) != 0);
|
|
|
2829 ATLASSERT(m_fr.lpfnHook != NULL);
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 m_fr.Flags |= dwFlags;
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 if(hWndParent == NULL)
|
|
|
2834 m_fr.hwndOwner = ::GetActiveWindow();
|
|
|
2835 else
|
|
|
2836 m_fr.hwndOwner = hWndParent;
|
|
|
2837 ATLASSERT(m_fr.hwndOwner != NULL); // must have an owner for modeless dialog
|
|
|
2838
|
|
|
2839 if(lpszFindWhat != NULL)
|
|
|
2840 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(m_szFindWhat, _countof(m_szFindWhat), lpszFindWhat, _TRUNCATE);
|
|
|
2841
|
|
|
2842 if(lpszReplaceWith != NULL)
|
|
|
2843 ATL::Checked::tcsncpy_s(m_szReplaceWith, _countof(m_szReplaceWith), lpszReplaceWith, _TRUNCATE);
|
|
|
2844
|
|
|
2845 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
2848 BOOL bRet = m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
2849 if(bRet == FALSE)
|
|
|
2850 {
|
|
|
2851 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
2852 return NULL;
|
|
|
2853 }
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&m_thunk.cd, (CCommonDialogImplBase*)this);
|
|
|
2856
|
|
|
2857 HWND hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
2858 if(bFindDialogOnly)
|
|
|
2859 hWnd = ::FindText(&m_fr);
|
|
|
2860 else
|
|
|
2861 hWnd = ::ReplaceText(&m_fr);
|
|
|
2862
|
|
|
2863 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd == hWnd);
|
|
|
2864 return hWnd;
|
|
|
2865 }
|
|
|
2866
|
|
|
2867 static UINT GetFindReplaceMsg()
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 static const UINT nMsgFindReplace = ::RegisterWindowMessage(FINDMSGSTRING);
|
|
|
2870 return nMsgFindReplace;
|
|
|
2871 }
|
|
|
2872 // call while handling FINDMSGSTRING registered message
|
|
|
2873 // to retreive the object
|
|
|
2874 static T* PASCAL GetNotifier(LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
2875 {
|
|
|
2876 ATLASSERT(lParam != NULL);
|
|
|
2877 T* pDlg = (T*)(lParam - offsetof(T, m_fr));
|
|
|
2878 return pDlg;
|
|
|
2879 }
|
|
|
2880
|
|
|
2881 // Operations
|
|
|
2882 // Helpers for parsing information after successful return
|
|
|
2883 LPCTSTR GetFindString() const // get find string
|
|
|
2884 {
|
|
|
2885 return (LPCTSTR)m_fr.lpstrFindWhat;
|
|
|
2886 }
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 LPCTSTR GetReplaceString() const // get replacement string
|
|
|
2889 {
|
|
|
2890 return (LPCTSTR)m_fr.lpstrReplaceWith;
|
|
|
2891 }
|
|
|
2892
|
|
|
2893 BOOL SearchDown() const // TRUE if search down, FALSE is up
|
|
|
2894 {
|
|
|
2895 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_DOWN) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2896 }
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 BOOL FindNext() const // TRUE if command is find next
|
|
|
2899 {
|
|
|
2900 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_FINDNEXT) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2901 }
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 BOOL MatchCase() const // TRUE if matching case
|
|
|
2904 {
|
|
|
2905 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_MATCHCASE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2906 }
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908 BOOL MatchWholeWord() const // TRUE if matching whole words only
|
|
|
2909 {
|
|
|
2910 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_WHOLEWORD) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2911 }
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 BOOL ReplaceCurrent() const // TRUE if replacing current string
|
|
|
2914 {
|
|
|
2915 return ((m_fr. Flags & FR_REPLACE) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2916 }
|
|
|
2917
|
|
|
2918 BOOL ReplaceAll() const // TRUE if replacing all occurrences
|
|
|
2919 {
|
|
|
2920 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_REPLACEALL) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE;
|
|
|
2921 }
|
|
|
2922
|
|
|
2923 BOOL IsTerminating() const // TRUE if terminating dialog
|
|
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 return ((m_fr.Flags & FR_DIALOGTERM) != 0) ? TRUE : FALSE ;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 };
|
|
|
2928
|
|
|
2929 class CFindReplaceDialog : public CFindReplaceDialogImpl<CFindReplaceDialog>
|
|
|
2930 {
|
|
|
2931 public:
|
|
|
2932 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
2933 };
|
|
|
2934
|
|
|
2935
|
|
|
2936 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
2937 // CDialogBaseUnits - Dialog Units helper
|
|
|
2938 //
|
|
|
2939
|
|
|
2940 class CDialogBaseUnits
|
|
|
2941 {
|
|
|
2942 public:
|
|
|
2943 SIZE m_sizeUnits;
|
|
|
2944
|
|
|
2945 // Constructors
|
|
|
2946 CDialogBaseUnits()
|
|
|
2947 {
|
|
|
2948 // The base units of the out-dated System Font
|
|
|
2949 LONG nDlgBaseUnits = ::GetDialogBaseUnits();
|
|
|
2950 m_sizeUnits.cx = LOWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2951 m_sizeUnits.cy = HIWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2952 }
|
|
|
2953
|
|
|
2954 CDialogBaseUnits(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
2955 {
|
|
|
2956 if(!InitDialogBaseUnits(hWnd)) {
|
|
|
2957 LONG nDlgBaseUnits = ::GetDialogBaseUnits();
|
|
|
2958 m_sizeUnits.cx = LOWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2959 m_sizeUnits.cy = HIWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2960 }
|
|
|
2961 }
|
|
|
2962
|
|
|
2963 CDialogBaseUnits(HFONT hFont, HWND hWnd = NULL)
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 if(!InitDialogBaseUnits(hFont, hWnd)) {
|
|
|
2966 LONG nDlgBaseUnits = ::GetDialogBaseUnits();
|
|
|
2967 m_sizeUnits.cx = LOWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2968 m_sizeUnits.cy = HIWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2969 }
|
|
|
2970 }
|
|
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 CDialogBaseUnits(const LOGFONT& lf, HWND hWnd = NULL)
|
|
|
2973 {
|
|
|
2974 if(!InitDialogBaseUnits(lf, hWnd)) {
|
|
|
2975 LONG nDlgBaseUnits = ::GetDialogBaseUnits();
|
|
|
2976 m_sizeUnits.cx = LOWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2977 m_sizeUnits.cy = HIWORD(nDlgBaseUnits);
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979 }
|
|
|
2980
|
|
|
2981 // Operations
|
|
|
2982 BOOL InitDialogBaseUnits(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
2983 {
|
|
|
2984 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(hWnd));
|
|
|
2985 RECT rc = { 0, 0, 4, 8 };
|
|
|
2986 if(!::MapDialogRect(hWnd, &rc)) return FALSE;
|
|
|
2987 m_sizeUnits.cx = rc.right;
|
|
|
2988 m_sizeUnits.cy = rc.bottom;
|
|
|
2989 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2990 }
|
|
|
2991
|
|
|
2992 BOOL InitDialogBaseUnits(const LOGFONT& lf, HWND hWnd = NULL)
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 CFont font;
|
|
|
2995 font.CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
|
|
|
2996 if(font.IsNull()) return FALSE;
|
|
|
2997 return InitDialogBaseUnits(font, hWnd);
|
|
|
2998 }
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 BOOL InitDialogBaseUnits(HFONT hFont, HWND hWnd = NULL)
|
|
|
3001 {
|
|
|
3002 ATLASSERT(hFont != NULL);
|
|
|
3003 CWindowDC dc = hWnd;
|
|
|
3004 TEXTMETRIC tmText = {};
|
|
|
3005 SIZE sizeText = {};
|
|
|
3006 HFONT hFontOld = dc.SelectFont(hFont);
|
|
|
3007 dc.GetTextMetrics(&tmText);
|
|
|
3008 m_sizeUnits.cy = tmText.tmHeight + tmText.tmExternalLeading;
|
|
|
3009 dc.GetTextExtent(_T("ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz"), 52, &sizeText);
|
|
|
3010 m_sizeUnits.cx = (sizeText.cx + 26) / 52;
|
|
|
3011 dc.SelectFont(hFontOld);
|
|
|
3012 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3013 }
|
|
|
3014
|
|
|
3015 SIZE GetDialogBaseUnits() const
|
|
|
3016 {
|
|
|
3017 return m_sizeUnits;
|
|
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 INT MapDialogPixelsX(INT x) const
|
|
|
3021 {
|
|
|
3022 return ::MulDiv(x, 4, m_sizeUnits.cx); // Pixels X to DLU
|
|
|
3023 }
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 INT MapDialogPixelsY(INT y) const
|
|
|
3026 {
|
|
|
3027 return ::MulDiv(y, 8, m_sizeUnits.cy); // Pixels Y to DLU
|
|
|
3028 }
|
|
|
3029
|
|
|
3030 POINT MapDialogPixels(POINT pt) const
|
|
|
3031 {
|
|
|
3032 POINT out = { MapDialogPixelsX(pt.x), MapDialogPixelsY(pt.y) };
|
|
|
3033 return out;
|
|
|
3034 }
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 SIZE MapDialogPixels(SIZE input) const
|
|
|
3037 {
|
|
|
3038 SIZE out = { MapDialogPixelsX(input.cx), MapDialogPixelsY(input.cy) };
|
|
|
3039 return out;
|
|
|
3040 }
|
|
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 RECT MapDialogPixels(const RECT& input) const
|
|
|
3043 {
|
|
|
3044 RECT out = { MapDialogPixelsX(input.left), MapDialogPixelsY(input.top), MapDialogPixelsX(input.right), MapDialogPixelsY(input.bottom) };
|
|
|
3045 return out;
|
|
|
3046 }
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 INT MapDialogUnitsX(INT x) const
|
|
|
3049 {
|
|
|
3050 return ::MulDiv(x, m_sizeUnits.cx, 4); // DLU to Pixels X
|
|
|
3051 }
|
|
|
3052
|
|
|
3053 INT MapDialogUnitsY(INT y) const
|
|
|
3054 {
|
|
|
3055 return ::MulDiv(y, m_sizeUnits.cy, 8); // DLU to Pixels Y
|
|
|
3056 }
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 POINT MapDialogUnits(POINT pt) const
|
|
|
3059 {
|
|
|
3060 POINT out = { MapDialogUnitsX(pt.x), MapDialogUnitsY(pt.y) };
|
|
|
3061 return out;
|
|
|
3062 }
|
|
|
3063
|
|
|
3064 SIZE MapDialogUnits(SIZE input) const
|
|
|
3065 {
|
|
|
3066 SIZE out = { MapDialogUnitsX(input.cx), MapDialogUnitsY(input.cy) };
|
|
|
3067 return out;
|
|
|
3068 }
|
|
|
3069
|
|
|
3070 RECT MapDialogUnits(const RECT& input) const
|
|
|
3071 {
|
|
|
3072 RECT out = { MapDialogUnitsX(input.left), MapDialogUnitsY(input.top), MapDialogUnitsX(input.right), MapDialogUnitsY(input.bottom) };
|
|
|
3073 return out;
|
|
|
3074 }
|
|
|
3075 };
|
|
|
3076
|
|
|
3077
|
|
|
3078 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
3079 // CMemDlgTemplate - in-memory dialog template - DLGTEMPLATE or DLGTEMPLATEEX
|
|
|
3080
|
|
|
3081 // traits suitable for dialog controls
|
|
|
3082 typedef ATL::CWinTraits<WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE, 0> CDlgControlWinTraits;
|
|
|
3083
|
|
|
3084 template <class TWinTraits>
|
|
|
3085 class CMemDlgTemplateT
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 public:
|
|
|
3088 typedef ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGTEMPLATEEX DLGTEMPLATEEX;
|
|
|
3089 typedef ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX;
|
|
|
3090
|
|
|
3091 enum StdCtrlType
|
|
|
3092 {
|
|
|
3093 CTRL_BUTTON = 0x0080,
|
|
|
3094 CTRL_EDIT = 0x0081,
|
|
|
3095 CTRL_STATIC = 0x0082,
|
|
|
3096 CTRL_LISTBOX = 0x0083,
|
|
|
3097 CTRL_SCROLLBAR = 0x0084,
|
|
|
3098 CTRL_COMBOBOX = 0x0085
|
|
|
3099 };
|
|
|
3100
|
|
|
3101 HANDLE m_hData;
|
|
|
3102 LPBYTE m_pData;
|
|
|
3103 LPBYTE m_pPtr;
|
|
|
3104 SIZE_T m_cAllocated;
|
|
|
3105
|
|
|
3106 CMemDlgTemplateT() : m_hData(NULL), m_pData(NULL), m_pPtr(NULL), m_cAllocated(0)
|
|
|
3107 { }
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 ~CMemDlgTemplateT()
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 Reset();
|
|
|
3112 }
|
|
|
3113
|
|
|
3114 bool IsValid() const
|
|
|
3115 {
|
|
|
3116 return (m_pData != NULL);
|
|
|
3117 }
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 bool IsTemplateEx() const
|
|
|
3120 {
|
|
|
3121 return (IsValid() && ((DLGTEMPLATEEX*)m_pData)->signature == 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3122 }
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 LPDLGTEMPLATE GetTemplatePtr()
|
|
|
3125 {
|
|
|
3126 return reinterpret_cast<LPDLGTEMPLATE>(m_pData);
|
|
|
3127 }
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 DLGTEMPLATEEX* GetTemplateExPtr()
|
|
|
3130 {
|
|
|
3131 return reinterpret_cast<DLGTEMPLATEEX*>(m_pData);
|
|
|
3132 }
|
|
|
3133
|
|
|
3134 void Reset()
|
|
|
3135 {
|
|
|
3136 if (IsValid())
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 ::GlobalUnlock(m_pData);
|
|
|
3139 ATLVERIFY(::GlobalFree(m_hData) == NULL);
|
|
|
3140 }
|
|
|
3141
|
|
|
3142 m_hData = NULL;
|
|
|
3143 m_pData = NULL;
|
|
|
3144 m_pPtr = NULL;
|
|
|
3145 m_cAllocated = 0;
|
|
|
3146 }
|
|
|
3147
|
|
|
3148 void Create(bool bDlgEx, LPCTSTR lpszCaption, const RECT& rc, DWORD dwStyle = 0, DWORD dwExStyle = 0,
|
|
|
3149 LPCTSTR lpstrFontName = NULL, WORD wFontSize = 0, WORD wWeight = 0, BYTE bItalic = 0, BYTE bCharset = 0, DWORD dwHelpID = 0,
|
|
|
3150 ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName = 0U, ATL::_U_STRINGorID Menu = 0U)
|
|
|
3151 {
|
|
|
3152 Create(bDlgEx, lpszCaption, (short) rc.left, (short) rc.top, (short) (rc.right - rc.left), (short) (rc.bottom - rc.top), dwStyle, dwExStyle,
|
|
|
3153 lpstrFontName, wFontSize, wWeight, bItalic, bCharset, dwHelpID, ClassName.m_lpstr, Menu.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
3154 }
|
|
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 void Create(bool bDlgEx, LPCTSTR lpszCaption, short nX, short nY, short nWidth, short nHeight, DWORD dwStyle = 0, DWORD dwExStyle = 0,
|
|
|
3157 LPCTSTR lpstrFontName = NULL, WORD wFontSize = 0, WORD wWeight = 0, BYTE bItalic = 0, BYTE bCharset = 0, DWORD dwHelpID = 0,
|
|
|
3158 ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName = 0U, ATL::_U_STRINGorID Menu = 0U)
|
|
|
3159 {
|
|
|
3160 // Should have DS_SETFONT style to set the dialog font name and size
|
|
|
3161 if (lpstrFontName != NULL)
|
|
|
3162 {
|
|
|
3163 dwStyle |= DS_SETFONT;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165 else
|
|
|
3166 {
|
|
|
3167 dwStyle &= ~DS_SETFONT;
|
|
|
3168 }
|
|
|
3169
|
|
|
3170 if (bDlgEx)
|
|
|
3171 {
|
|
|
3172 DLGTEMPLATEEX dlg = {1, 0xFFFF, dwHelpID, dwExStyle, dwStyle, 0, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight};
|
|
|
3173 AddData(&dlg, sizeof(dlg));
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175 else
|
|
|
3176 {
|
|
|
3177 DLGTEMPLATE dlg = {dwStyle, dwExStyle, 0, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight};
|
|
|
3178 AddData(&dlg, sizeof(dlg));
|
|
|
3179 }
|
|
|
3180
|
|
|
3181 if (Menu.m_lpstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3182 {
|
|
|
3183 WORD menuData = 0;
|
|
|
3184 AddData(&menuData, sizeof(WORD));
|
|
|
3185 }
|
|
|
3186 else if (IS_INTRESOURCE(Menu.m_lpstr))
|
|
|
3187 {
|
|
|
3188 WORD menuData[] = { 0xFFFF, LOWORD(Menu.m_lpstr) };
|
|
|
3189 AddData(menuData, sizeof(menuData));
|
|
|
3190 }
|
|
|
3191 else
|
|
|
3192 {
|
|
|
3193 AddString(Menu.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195
|
|
|
3196 if (ClassName.m_lpstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 WORD classData = 0;
|
|
|
3199 AddData(&classData, sizeof(WORD));
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
|
3201 else if (IS_INTRESOURCE(ClassName.m_lpstr))
|
|
|
3202 {
|
|
|
3203 WORD classData[] = { 0xFFFF, LOWORD(ClassName.m_lpstr) };
|
|
|
3204 AddData(classData, sizeof(classData));
|
|
|
3205 }
|
|
|
3206 else
|
|
|
3207 {
|
|
|
3208 AddString(ClassName.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
3209 }
|
|
|
3210
|
|
|
3211 // Set dialog caption
|
|
|
3212 AddString(lpszCaption);
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 if (lpstrFontName != NULL)
|
|
|
3215 {
|
|
|
3216 AddData(&wFontSize, sizeof(wFontSize));
|
|
|
3217
|
|
|
3218 if (bDlgEx)
|
|
|
3219 {
|
|
|
3220 AddData(&wWeight, sizeof(wWeight));
|
|
|
3221 AddData(&bItalic, sizeof(bItalic));
|
|
|
3222 AddData(&bCharset, sizeof(bCharset));
|
|
|
3223 }
|
|
|
3224
|
|
|
3225 AddString(lpstrFontName);
|
|
|
3226 }
|
|
|
3227 }
|
|
|
3228
|
|
|
3229 void AddControl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName, WORD wId, const RECT& rc, DWORD dwStyle, DWORD dwExStyle,
|
|
|
3230 ATL::_U_STRINGorID Text, const WORD* pCreationData = NULL, WORD nCreationData = 0, DWORD dwHelpID = 0)
|
|
|
3231 {
|
|
|
3232 AddControl(ClassName.m_lpstr, wId, (short) rc.left, (short) rc.top, (short) (rc.right - rc.left), (short) (rc.bottom - rc.top), dwStyle, dwExStyle,
|
|
|
3233 Text.m_lpstr, pCreationData, nCreationData, dwHelpID);
|
|
|
3234 }
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 void AddControl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName, WORD wId, short nX, short nY, short nWidth, short nHeight, DWORD dwStyle, DWORD dwExStyle,
|
|
|
3237 ATL::_U_STRINGorID Text, const WORD* pCreationData = NULL, WORD nCreationData = 0, DWORD dwHelpID = 0)
|
|
|
3238 {
|
|
|
3239 ATLASSERT(IsValid());
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 // DWORD align data
|
|
|
3242 const DWORD_PTR dwDwordAlignBits = sizeof(DWORD) - 1;
|
|
|
3243 m_pPtr = (LPBYTE)(((DWORD_PTR)m_pPtr + dwDwordAlignBits) & (~dwDwordAlignBits));
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 if (IsTemplateEx())
|
|
|
3246 {
|
|
|
3247 DLGTEMPLATEEX* dlg = (DLGTEMPLATEEX*)m_pData;
|
|
|
3248 dlg->cDlgItems++;
|
|
|
3249
|
|
|
3250 DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX item = {dwHelpID, TWinTraits::GetWndExStyle(0) | dwExStyle, TWinTraits::GetWndStyle(0) | dwStyle, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, wId};
|
|
|
3251 AddData(&item, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
3252 }
|
|
|
3253 else
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 LPDLGTEMPLATE dlg = (LPDLGTEMPLATE)m_pData;
|
|
|
3256 dlg->cdit++;
|
|
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 DLGITEMTEMPLATE item = {TWinTraits::GetWndStyle(0) | dwStyle, TWinTraits::GetWndExStyle(0) | dwExStyle, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, wId};
|
|
|
3259 AddData(&item, sizeof(item));
|
|
|
3260 }
|
|
|
3261
|
|
|
3262 ATLASSERT(ClassName.m_lpstr != NULL);
|
|
|
3263 if (IS_INTRESOURCE(ClassName.m_lpstr))
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
|
3265 WORD wData[] = { 0xFFFF, LOWORD(ClassName.m_lpstr) };
|
|
|
3266 AddData(wData, sizeof(wData));
|
|
|
3267 }
|
|
|
3268 else
|
|
|
3269 {
|
|
|
3270 AddString(ClassName.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
3271 }
|
|
|
3272
|
|
|
3273 if (Text.m_lpstr == NULL)
|
|
|
3274 {
|
|
|
3275 WORD classData = 0;
|
|
|
3276 AddData(&classData, sizeof(WORD));
|
|
|
3277 }
|
|
|
3278 else if (IS_INTRESOURCE(Text.m_lpstr))
|
|
|
3279 {
|
|
|
3280 WORD wData[] = { 0xFFFF, LOWORD(Text.m_lpstr) };
|
|
|
3281 AddData(wData, sizeof(wData));
|
|
|
3282 }
|
|
|
3283 else
|
|
|
3284 {
|
|
|
3285 AddString(Text.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
3286 }
|
|
|
3287
|
|
|
3288 AddData(&nCreationData, sizeof(nCreationData));
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 if ((nCreationData != 0))
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
|
3292 ATLASSERT(pCreationData != NULL);
|
|
|
3293 AddData(pCreationData, nCreationData * sizeof(WORD));
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 void AddStdControl(StdCtrlType CtrlType, WORD wId, short nX, short nY, short nWidth, short nHeight,
|
|
|
3298 DWORD dwStyle, DWORD dwExStyle, ATL::_U_STRINGorID Text, const WORD* pCreationData = NULL, WORD nCreationData = 0, DWORD dwHelpID = 0)
|
|
|
3299 {
|
|
|
3300 AddControl(CtrlType, wId, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, dwStyle, dwExStyle, Text, pCreationData, nCreationData, dwHelpID);
|
|
|
3301 }
|
|
|
3302
|
|
|
3303 void AddData(LPCVOID pData, size_t nData)
|
|
|
3304 {
|
|
|
3305 ATLASSERT(pData != NULL);
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 const SIZE_T ALLOCATION_INCREMENT = 1024;
|
|
|
3308
|
|
|
3309 if (m_pData == NULL)
|
|
|
3310 {
|
|
|
3311 m_cAllocated = ((nData / ALLOCATION_INCREMENT) + 1) * ALLOCATION_INCREMENT;
|
|
|
3312 m_hData = ::GlobalAlloc(GMEM_MOVEABLE | GMEM_ZEROINIT, m_cAllocated);
|
|
|
3313 ATLASSERT(m_hData != NULL);
|
|
|
3314 m_pPtr = m_pData = static_cast<LPBYTE>(::GlobalLock(m_hData));
|
|
|
3315 ATLASSERT(m_pData != NULL);
|
|
|
3316 }
|
|
|
3317 else if (((m_pPtr - m_pData) + nData) > m_cAllocated)
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
|
3319 SIZE_T ptrPos = (m_pPtr - m_pData);
|
|
|
3320 m_cAllocated += ((nData / ALLOCATION_INCREMENT) + 1) * ALLOCATION_INCREMENT;
|
|
|
3321 ::GlobalUnlock(m_pData);
|
|
|
3322 m_hData = ::GlobalReAlloc(m_hData, m_cAllocated, GMEM_MOVEABLE | GMEM_ZEROINIT);
|
|
|
3323 ATLASSERT(m_hData != NULL);
|
|
|
3324 m_pData = static_cast<LPBYTE>(::GlobalLock(m_hData));
|
|
|
3325 ATLASSERT(m_pData != NULL);
|
|
|
3326 m_pPtr = m_pData + ptrPos;
|
|
|
3327 }
|
|
|
3328
|
|
|
3329 ATL::Checked::memcpy_s(m_pPtr, m_cAllocated - (m_pPtr - m_pData), pData, nData);
|
|
|
3330
|
|
|
3331 m_pPtr += nData;
|
|
|
3332 }
|
|
|
3333
|
|
|
3334 void AddString(LPCTSTR lpszStr)
|
|
|
3335 {
|
|
|
3336 if (lpszStr == NULL)
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
|
3338 WCHAR szEmpty = 0;
|
|
|
3339 AddData(&szEmpty, sizeof(szEmpty));
|
|
|
3340 }
|
|
|
3341 else
|
|
|
3342 {
|
|
|
3343 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
3344 LPCWSTR lpstr = T2CW(lpszStr);
|
|
|
3345 int nSize = lstrlenW(lpstr) + 1;
|
|
|
3346 AddData(lpstr, nSize * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348 }
|
|
|
3349 };
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
3351 typedef CMemDlgTemplateT<CDlgControlWinTraits> CMemDlgTemplate;
|
|
|
3352
|
|
|
3353
|
|
|
3354 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
3355 // Dialog and control macros for indirect dialogs
|
|
|
3356
|
|
|
3357 // for DLGTEMPLATE
|
|
|
3358 #define BEGIN_DIALOG(x, y, width, height) \
|
|
|
3359 void DoInitTemplate() \
|
|
|
3360 { \
|
|
|
3361 bool bExTemplate = false; \
|
|
|
3362 short nX = x, nY = y, nWidth = width, nHeight = height; \
|
|
|
3363 LPCTSTR szCaption = NULL; \
|
|
|
3364 DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP | WS_BORDER | WS_SYSMENU; \
|
|
|
3365 DWORD dwExStyle = 0; \
|
|
|
3366 LPCTSTR szFontName = NULL; \
|
|
|
3367 WORD wFontSize = 0; \
|
|
|
3368 WORD wWeight = 0; \
|
|
|
3369 BYTE bItalic = 0; \
|
|
|
3370 BYTE bCharset = 0; \
|
|
|
3371 DWORD dwHelpID = 0; \
|
|
|
3372 ATL::_U_STRINGorID Menu = 0U; \
|
|
|
3373 ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName = 0U;
|
|
|
3374
|
|
|
3375 // for DLGTEMPLATEEX
|
|
|
3376 #define BEGIN_DIALOG_EX(x, y, width, height, helpID) \
|
|
|
3377 void DoInitTemplate() \
|
|
|
3378 { \
|
|
|
3379 bool bExTemplate = true; \
|
|
|
3380 short nX = x, nY = y, nWidth = width, nHeight = height; \
|
|
|
3381 LPCTSTR szCaption = NULL; \
|
|
|
3382 DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP | WS_BORDER | WS_SYSMENU; \
|
|
|
3383 DWORD dwExStyle = 0; \
|
|
|
3384 LPCTSTR szFontName = NULL; \
|
|
|
3385 WORD wFontSize = 0; \
|
|
|
3386 WORD wWeight = 0; \
|
|
|
3387 BYTE bItalic = 0; \
|
|
|
3388 BYTE bCharset = 0; \
|
|
|
3389 DWORD dwHelpID = helpID; \
|
|
|
3390 ATL::_U_STRINGorID Menu = 0U; \
|
|
|
3391 ATL::_U_STRINGorID ClassName = 0U;
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 #define END_DIALOG() \
|
|
|
3394 m_Template.Create(bExTemplate, szCaption, nX, nY, nWidth, nHeight, dwStyle, dwExStyle, szFontName, wFontSize, wWeight, bItalic, bCharset, dwHelpID, ClassName, Menu); \
|
|
|
3395 }
|
|
|
3396
|
|
|
3397 #define DIALOG_CAPTION(caption) \
|
|
|
3398 szCaption = caption;
|
|
|
3399 #define DIALOG_STYLE(style) \
|
|
|
3400 dwStyle = style;
|
|
|
3401 #define DIALOG_EXSTYLE(exStyle) \
|
|
|
3402 dwExStyle = exStyle;
|
|
|
3403 #define DIALOG_FONT(pointSize, typeFace) \
|
|
|
3404 wFontSize = pointSize; \
|
|
|
3405 szFontName = typeFace;
|
|
|
3406 #define DIALOG_FONT_EX(pointsize, typeface, weight, italic, charset) \
|
|
|
3407 ATLASSERT(bExTemplate); \
|
|
|
3408 wFontSize = pointsize; \
|
|
|
3409 szFontName = typeface; \
|
|
|
3410 wWeight = weight; \
|
|
|
3411 bItalic = italic; \
|
|
|
3412 bCharset = charset;
|
|
|
3413 #define DIALOG_MENU(menuName) \
|
|
|
3414 Menu = menuName;
|
|
|
3415 #define DIALOG_CLASS(className) \
|
|
|
3416 ClassName = className;
|
|
|
3417
|
|
|
3418 #define BEGIN_CONTROLS_MAP() \
|
|
|
3419 void DoInitControls() \
|
|
|
3420 {
|
|
|
3421
|
|
|
3422 #define END_CONTROLS_MAP() \
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424
|
|
|
3425
|
|
|
3426 #define CONTROL_LTEXT(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3427 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_STATIC, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | SS_LEFT | WS_GROUP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3428 #define CONTROL_CTEXT(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3429 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_STATIC, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | SS_CENTER | WS_GROUP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3430 #define CONTROL_RTEXT(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3431 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_STATIC, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | SS_RIGHT | WS_GROUP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3432 #define CONTROL_PUSHBUTTON(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3433 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_PUSHBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3434 #define CONTROL_DEFPUSHBUTTON(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3435 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3436 #define CONTROL_PUSHBOX(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3437 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_PUSHBOX | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3438 #define CONTROL_STATE3(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3439 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_3STATE | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3440 #define CONTROL_AUTO3STATE(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3441 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_AUTO3STATE | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3442 #define CONTROL_CHECKBOX(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3443 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_CHECKBOX | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3444 #define CONTROL_AUTOCHECKBOX(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3445 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3446 #define CONTROL_RADIOBUTTON(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3447 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_RADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3448 #define CONTROL_AUTORADIOBUTTON(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3449 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3450 #define CONTROL_COMBOBOX(id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3451 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_COMBOBOX, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, (LPCTSTR)NULL, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3452 #define CONTROL_EDITTEXT(id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3453 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_EDIT, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | ES_LEFT | WS_BORDER | WS_TABSTOP, exStyle, (LPCTSTR)NULL, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3454 #define CONTROL_GROUPBOX(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3455 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_BUTTON, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | BS_GROUPBOX, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3456 #define CONTROL_LISTBOX(id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3457 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_LISTBOX, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | LBS_NOTIFY | WS_BORDER, exStyle, (LPCTSTR)NULL, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3458 #define CONTROL_SCROLLBAR(id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3459 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_SCROLLBAR, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | SBS_HORZ, exStyle, (LPCTSTR)NULL, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3460 #define CONTROL_ICON(text, id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3461 m_Template.AddStdControl(m_Template.CTRL_STATIC, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style | SS_ICON, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3462 #define CONTROL_CONTROL(text, id, className, style, x, y, width, height, exStyle) \
|
|
|
3463 m_Template.AddControl(className, (WORD)id, x, y, width, height, style, exStyle, text, NULL, 0);
|
|
|
3464
|
|
|
3465
|
|
|
3466 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
3467 // CIndirectDialogImpl - dialogs with template in memory
|
|
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 template <class T, class TDlgTemplate = CMemDlgTemplate, class TBase = ATL::CWindow>
|
|
|
3470 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CIndirectDialogImpl : public ATL::CDialogImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
3471 {
|
|
|
3472 public:
|
|
|
3473 enum { IDD = 0 }; // no dialog template resource
|
|
|
3474
|
|
|
3475 TDlgTemplate m_Template;
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 void CreateTemplate()
|
|
|
3478 {
|
|
|
3479 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
3480 pT->DoInitTemplate();
|
|
|
3481 pT->DoInitControls();
|
|
|
3482 }
|
|
|
3483
|
|
|
3484 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow(), LPARAM dwInitParam = NULL)
|
|
|
3485 {
|
|
|
3486 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
3487 ATLASSERT(pT->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 if(!m_Template.IsValid())
|
|
|
3490 CreateTemplate();
|
|
|
3491
|
|
|
3492 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
3493 BOOL bRet = this->m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3494 if(bRet == FALSE)
|
|
|
3495 {
|
|
|
3496 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
3497 return -1;
|
|
|
3498 }
|
|
|
3499
|
|
|
3500 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&this->m_thunk.cd, (ATL::CDialogImplBaseT< TBase >*)pT);
|
|
|
3501
|
|
|
3502 #ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
|
3503 this->m_bModal = true;
|
|
|
3504 #endif // _DEBUG
|
|
|
3505
|
|
|
3506 return ::DialogBoxIndirectParam(ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance(), m_Template.GetTemplatePtr(), hWndParent, (DLGPROC)T::StartDialogProc, dwInitParam);
|
|
|
3507 }
|
|
|
3508
|
|
|
3509 HWND Create(HWND hWndParent, LPARAM dwInitParam = NULL)
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
|
3511 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
3512 ATLASSERT(pT->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
3513
|
|
|
3514 if(!m_Template.IsValid())
|
|
|
3515 CreateTemplate();
|
|
|
3516
|
|
|
3517 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
3518 BOOL bRet = this->m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3519 if(bRet == FALSE)
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
3522 return NULL;
|
|
|
3523 }
|
|
|
3524
|
|
|
3525 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&this->m_thunk.cd, (ATL::CDialogImplBaseT< TBase >*)pT);
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 #ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
|
3528 this->m_bModal = false;
|
|
|
3529 #endif // _DEBUG
|
|
|
3530
|
|
|
3531 HWND hWnd = ::CreateDialogIndirectParam(ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance(), (LPCDLGTEMPLATE)m_Template.GetTemplatePtr(), hWndParent, (DLGPROC)T::StartDialogProc, dwInitParam);
|
|
|
3532 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == hWnd);
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 return hWnd;
|
|
|
3535 }
|
|
|
3536
|
|
|
3537 // for CComControl
|
|
|
3538 HWND Create(HWND hWndParent, RECT&, LPARAM dwInitParam = NULL)
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 return Create(hWndParent, dwInitParam);
|
|
|
3541 }
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 void DoInitTemplate()
|
|
|
3544 {
|
|
|
3545 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // MUST be defined in derived class
|
|
|
3546 }
|
|
|
3547
|
|
|
3548 void DoInitControls()
|
|
|
3549 {
|
|
|
3550 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // MUST be defined in derived class
|
|
|
3551 }
|
|
|
3552 };
|
|
|
3553
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
3556 // CPropertySheetWindow - client side for a property sheet
|
|
|
3557
|
|
|
3558 class CPropertySheetWindow : public ATL::CWindow
|
|
|
3559 {
|
|
|
3560 public:
|
|
|
3561 // Constructors
|
|
|
3562 CPropertySheetWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : ATL::CWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
3563 { }
|
|
|
3564
|
|
|
3565 CPropertySheetWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
3568 return *this;
|
|
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570
|
|
|
3571 // Attributes
|
|
|
3572 int GetPageCount() const
|
|
|
3573 {
|
|
|
3574 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3575 HWND hWndTabCtrl = GetTabControl();
|
|
|
3576 ATLASSERT(hWndTabCtrl != NULL);
|
|
|
3577 return (int)::SendMessage(hWndTabCtrl, TCM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3578 }
|
|
|
3579
|
|
|
3580 HWND GetActivePage() const
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3583 return (HWND)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_GETCURRENTPAGEHWND, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3584 }
|
|
|
3585
|
|
|
3586 int GetActiveIndex() const
|
|
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3589 HWND hWndTabCtrl = GetTabControl();
|
|
|
3590 ATLASSERT(hWndTabCtrl != NULL);
|
|
|
3591 return (int)::SendMessage(hWndTabCtrl, TCM_GETCURSEL, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3592 }
|
|
|
3593
|
|
|
3594 BOOL SetActivePage(int nPageIndex)
|
|
|
3595 {
|
|
|
3596 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3597 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETCURSEL, nPageIndex, 0L);
|
|
|
3598 }
|
|
|
3599
|
|
|
3600 BOOL SetActivePage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3601 {
|
|
|
3602 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3603 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3604 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3605 }
|
|
|
3606
|
|
|
3607 BOOL SetActivePageByID(int nPageID)
|
|
|
3608 {
|
|
|
3609 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3610 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETCURSELID, 0, nPageID);
|
|
|
3611 }
|
|
|
3612
|
|
|
3613 void SetTitle(LPCTSTR lpszText, UINT nStyle = 0)
|
|
|
3614 {
|
|
|
3615 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3616 ATLASSERT((nStyle & ~PSH_PROPTITLE) == 0); // only PSH_PROPTITLE is valid
|
|
|
3617 ATLASSERT(lpszText != NULL);
|
|
|
3618 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETTITLE, nStyle, (LPARAM)lpszText);
|
|
|
3619 }
|
|
|
3620
|
|
|
3621 HWND GetTabControl() const
|
|
|
3622 {
|
|
|
3623 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3624 return (HWND)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_GETTABCONTROL, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3625 }
|
|
|
3626
|
|
|
3627 void SetFinishText(LPCTSTR lpszText)
|
|
|
3628 {
|
|
|
3629 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3630 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETFINISHTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)lpszText);
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 void SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags)
|
|
|
3634 {
|
|
|
3635 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3636 ::PostMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETWIZBUTTONS, 0, dwFlags);
|
|
|
3637 }
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 // Operations
|
|
|
3640 BOOL AddPage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3643 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3644 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_ADDPAGE, 0, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3645 }
|
|
|
3646
|
|
|
3647 BOOL AddPage(LPCPROPSHEETPAGE pPage)
|
|
|
3648 {
|
|
|
3649 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3650 ATLASSERT(pPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3651 HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(pPage);
|
|
|
3652 if(hPage == NULL)
|
|
|
3653 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3654 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_ADDPAGE, 0, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3655 }
|
|
|
3656
|
|
|
3657 BOOL InsertPage(int nNewPageIndex, HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3658 {
|
|
|
3659 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3660 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3661 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INSERTPAGE, nNewPageIndex, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3662 }
|
|
|
3663
|
|
|
3664 BOOL InsertPage(int nNewPageIndex, LPCPROPSHEETPAGE pPage)
|
|
|
3665 {
|
|
|
3666 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3667 ATLASSERT(pPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3668 HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(pPage);
|
|
|
3669 if(hPage == NULL)
|
|
|
3670 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3671 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INSERTPAGE, nNewPageIndex, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3672 }
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 BOOL InsertPage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPageInsertAfter, HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3675 {
|
|
|
3676 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3677 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3678 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INSERTPAGE, (WPARAM)hPageInsertAfter, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3679 }
|
|
|
3680
|
|
|
3681 BOOL InsertPage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPageInsertAfter, LPCPROPSHEETPAGE pPage)
|
|
|
3682 {
|
|
|
3683 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3684 ATLASSERT(pPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3685 HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(pPage);
|
|
|
3686 if(hPage == NULL)
|
|
|
3687 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3688 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INSERTPAGE, (WPARAM)hPageInsertAfter, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3689 }
|
|
|
3690
|
|
|
3691 void RemovePage(int nPageIndex)
|
|
|
3692 {
|
|
|
3693 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3694 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_REMOVEPAGE, nPageIndex, 0L);
|
|
|
3695 }
|
|
|
3696
|
|
|
3697 void RemovePage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3698 {
|
|
|
3699 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3700 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3701 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_REMOVEPAGE, 0, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3702 }
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 BOOL PressButton(int nButton)
|
|
|
3705 {
|
|
|
3706 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3707 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_PRESSBUTTON, nButton, 0L);
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709
|
|
|
3710 BOOL Apply()
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3713 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_APPLY, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3714 }
|
|
|
3715
|
|
|
3716 void CancelToClose()
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
|
3718 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3719 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_CANCELTOCLOSE, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 void SetModified(HWND hWndPage, BOOL bChanged = TRUE)
|
|
|
3723 {
|
|
|
3724 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3725 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(hWndPage));
|
|
|
3726 UINT uMsg = bChanged ? PSM_CHANGED : PSM_UNCHANGED;
|
|
|
3727 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, uMsg, (WPARAM)hWndPage, 0L);
|
|
|
3728 }
|
|
|
3729
|
|
|
3730 LRESULT QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3733 return ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_QUERYSIBLINGS, wParam, lParam);
|
|
|
3734 }
|
|
|
3735
|
|
|
3736 void RebootSystem()
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3739 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_REBOOTSYSTEM, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3740 }
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 void RestartWindows()
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3745 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_RESTARTWINDOWS, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3746 }
|
|
|
3747
|
|
|
3748 BOOL IsDialogMessage(LPMSG lpMsg)
|
|
|
3749 {
|
|
|
3750 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3751 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_ISDIALOGMESSAGE, 0, (LPARAM)lpMsg);
|
|
|
3752 }
|
|
|
3753
|
|
|
3754 int HwndToIndex(HWND hWnd) const
|
|
|
3755 {
|
|
|
3756 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3757 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_HWNDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)hWnd, 0L);
|
|
|
3758 }
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 HWND IndexToHwnd(int nIndex) const
|
|
|
3761 {
|
|
|
3762 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3763 return (HWND)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INDEXTOHWND, nIndex, 0L);
|
|
|
3764 }
|
|
|
3765
|
|
|
3766 int PageToIndex(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage) const
|
|
|
3767 {
|
|
|
3768 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3769 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_PAGETOINDEX, 0, (LPARAM)hPage);
|
|
|
3770 }
|
|
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 HPROPSHEETPAGE IndexToPage(int nIndex) const
|
|
|
3773 {
|
|
|
3774 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3775 return (HPROPSHEETPAGE)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INDEXTOPAGE, nIndex, 0L);
|
|
|
3776 }
|
|
|
3777
|
|
|
3778 int IdToIndex(int nID) const
|
|
|
3779 {
|
|
|
3780 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3781 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_IDTOINDEX, 0, nID);
|
|
|
3782 }
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 int IndexToId(int nIndex) const
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3787 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_INDEXTOID, nIndex, 0L);
|
|
|
3788 }
|
|
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 int GetResult() const
|
|
|
3791 {
|
|
|
3792 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3793 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_GETRESULT, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3794 }
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 BOOL RecalcPageSizes()
|
|
|
3797 {
|
|
|
3798 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3799 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_RECALCPAGESIZES, 0, 0L);
|
|
|
3800 }
|
|
|
3801
|
|
|
3802 void SetHeaderTitle(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpstrHeaderTitle)
|
|
|
3803 {
|
|
|
3804 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3805 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETHEADERTITLE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpstrHeaderTitle);
|
|
|
3806 }
|
|
|
3807
|
|
|
3808 void SetHeaderSubTitle(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpstrHeaderSubTitle)
|
|
|
3809 {
|
|
|
3810 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
3811 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETHEADERSUBTITLE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpstrHeaderSubTitle);
|
|
|
3812 }
|
|
|
3813
|
|
|
3814 // Implementation - override to prevent usage
|
|
|
3815 HWND Create(LPCTSTR, HWND, ATL::_U_RECT = NULL, LPCTSTR = NULL, DWORD = 0, DWORD = 0, ATL::_U_MENUorID = 0U, LPVOID = NULL)
|
|
|
3816 {
|
|
|
3817 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
3818 return NULL;
|
|
|
3819 }
|
|
|
3820 };
|
|
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
3823 // CPropertySheetImpl - implements a property sheet
|
|
|
3824
|
|
|
3825 template <class T, class TBase = CPropertySheetWindow>
|
|
|
3826 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CPropertySheetImpl : public ATL::CWindowImplBaseT< TBase >
|
|
|
3827 {
|
|
|
3828 public:
|
|
|
3829 PROPSHEETHEADER m_psh;
|
|
|
3830 ATL::CSimpleArray<HPROPSHEETPAGE> m_arrPages;
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 // Construction/Destruction
|
|
|
3833 CPropertySheetImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
3834 {
|
|
|
3835 memset(&m_psh, 0, sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER));
|
|
|
3836 m_psh.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER);
|
|
|
3837 m_psh.dwFlags = PSH_USECALLBACK;
|
|
|
3838 m_psh.hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
3839 m_psh.phpage = NULL; // will be set later
|
|
|
3840 m_psh.nPages = 0; // will be set later
|
|
|
3841 m_psh.pszCaption = title.m_lpstr;
|
|
|
3842 m_psh.nStartPage = uStartPage;
|
|
|
3843 m_psh.hwndParent = hWndParent; // if NULL, will be set in DoModal/Create
|
|
|
3844 m_psh.pfnCallback = T::PropSheetCallback;
|
|
|
3845 }
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 ~CPropertySheetImpl()
|
|
|
3848 {
|
|
|
3849 if(m_arrPages.GetSize() > 0) // sheet never created, destroy all pages
|
|
|
3850 {
|
|
|
3851 for(int i = 0; i < m_arrPages.GetSize(); i++)
|
|
|
3852 ::DestroyPropertySheetPage((HPROPSHEETPAGE)m_arrPages[i]);
|
|
|
3853 }
|
|
|
3854 }
|
|
|
3855
|
|
|
3856 // Callback function and overrideables
|
|
|
3857 static int CALLBACK PropSheetCallback(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
3858 {
|
|
|
3859 (void)lParam; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
3860 int nRet = 0;
|
|
|
3861
|
|
|
3862 if(uMsg == PSCB_INITIALIZED)
|
|
|
3863 {
|
|
|
3864 ATLASSERT(hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
3865 T* pT = (T*)ModuleHelper::ExtractCreateWndData();
|
|
|
3866 // subclass the sheet window
|
|
|
3867 pT->SubclassWindow(hWnd);
|
|
|
3868 // remove page handles array
|
|
|
3869 pT->_CleanUpPages();
|
|
|
3870
|
|
|
3871 pT->OnSheetInitialized();
|
|
|
3872 }
|
|
|
3873
|
|
|
3874 return nRet;
|
|
|
3875 }
|
|
|
3876
|
|
|
3877 void OnSheetInitialized()
|
|
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 }
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 // Create method
|
|
|
3882 HWND Create(HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
3883 {
|
|
|
3884 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_MODELESS;
|
|
|
3887 if(m_psh.hwndParent == NULL)
|
|
|
3888 m_psh.hwndParent = hWndParent;
|
|
|
3889 m_psh.phpage = (HPROPSHEETPAGE*)m_arrPages.GetData();
|
|
|
3890 m_psh.nPages = m_arrPages.GetSize();
|
|
|
3891
|
|
|
3892 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
3895 BOOL bRet = pT->m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3896 if(bRet == FALSE)
|
|
|
3897 {
|
|
|
3898 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
3899 return NULL;
|
|
|
3900 }
|
|
|
3901
|
|
|
3902 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&pT->m_thunk.cd, pT);
|
|
|
3903
|
|
|
3904 HWND hWnd = (HWND)::PropertySheet(&m_psh);
|
|
|
3905 _CleanUpPages(); // ensure clean-up, required if call failed
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == hWnd);
|
|
|
3908
|
|
|
3909 return hWnd;
|
|
|
3910 }
|
|
|
3911
|
|
|
3912 INT_PTR DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow())
|
|
|
3913 {
|
|
|
3914 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_MODELESS;
|
|
|
3917 if(m_psh.hwndParent == NULL)
|
|
|
3918 m_psh.hwndParent = hWndParent;
|
|
|
3919 m_psh.phpage = (HPROPSHEETPAGE*)m_arrPages.GetData();
|
|
|
3920 m_psh.nPages = m_arrPages.GetSize();
|
|
|
3921
|
|
|
3922 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 // Allocate the thunk structure here, where we can fail gracefully.
|
|
|
3925 BOOL bRet = pT->m_thunk.Init(NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
3926 if(bRet == FALSE)
|
|
|
3927 {
|
|
|
3928 ::SetLastError(ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY);
|
|
|
3929 return -1;
|
|
|
3930 }
|
|
|
3931
|
|
|
3932 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&pT->m_thunk.cd, pT);
|
|
|
3933
|
|
|
3934 INT_PTR nRet = ::PropertySheet(&m_psh);
|
|
|
3935 _CleanUpPages(); // ensure clean-up, required if call failed
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 return nRet;
|
|
|
3938 }
|
|
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 // implementation helper - clean up pages array
|
|
|
3941 void _CleanUpPages()
|
|
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 m_psh.nPages = 0;
|
|
|
3944 m_psh.phpage = NULL;
|
|
|
3945 m_arrPages.RemoveAll();
|
|
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 // Attributes (extended overrides of client class methods)
|
|
|
3949 // These now can be called before the sheet is created
|
|
|
3950 // Note: Calling these after the sheet is created gives unpredictable results
|
|
|
3951 int GetPageCount() const
|
|
|
3952 {
|
|
|
3953 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL) // not created yet
|
|
|
3954 return m_arrPages.GetSize();
|
|
|
3955 return TBase::GetPageCount();
|
|
|
3956 }
|
|
|
3957
|
|
|
3958 int GetActiveIndex() const
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL) // not created yet
|
|
|
3961 return m_psh.nStartPage;
|
|
|
3962 return TBase::GetActiveIndex();
|
|
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964
|
|
|
3965 HPROPSHEETPAGE GetPage(int nPageIndex) const
|
|
|
3966 {
|
|
|
3967 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
3968 return (HPROPSHEETPAGE)m_arrPages[nPageIndex];
|
|
|
3969 }
|
|
|
3970
|
|
|
3971 int GetPageIndex(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage) const
|
|
|
3972 {
|
|
|
3973 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
3974 return m_arrPages.Find((HPROPSHEETPAGE&)hPage);
|
|
|
3975 }
|
|
|
3976
|
|
|
3977 BOOL SetActivePage(int nPageIndex)
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL) // not created yet
|
|
|
3980 {
|
|
|
3981 ATLASSERT((nPageIndex >= 0) && (nPageIndex < m_arrPages.GetSize()));
|
|
|
3982 m_psh.nStartPage = nPageIndex;
|
|
|
3983 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3984 }
|
|
|
3985 return TBase::SetActivePage(nPageIndex);
|
|
|
3986 }
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 BOOL SetActivePage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
3989 {
|
|
|
3990 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
3991 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL) // not created yet
|
|
|
3992 {
|
|
|
3993 int nPageIndex = GetPageIndex(hPage);
|
|
|
3994 if(nPageIndex == -1)
|
|
|
3995 return FALSE;
|
|
|
3996
|
|
|
3997 return SetActivePage(nPageIndex);
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999 return TBase::SetActivePage(hPage);
|
|
|
4000
|
|
|
4001 }
|
|
|
4002
|
|
|
4003 void SetTitle(LPCTSTR lpszText, UINT nStyle = 0)
|
|
|
4004 {
|
|
|
4005 ATLASSERT((nStyle & ~PSH_PROPTITLE) == 0); // only PSH_PROPTITLE is valid
|
|
|
4006 ATLASSERT(lpszText != NULL);
|
|
|
4007
|
|
|
4008 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL)
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 // set internal state
|
|
|
4011 m_psh.pszCaption = lpszText; // must exist until sheet is created
|
|
|
4012 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_PROPTITLE;
|
|
|
4013 m_psh.dwFlags |= nStyle;
|
|
|
4014 }
|
|
|
4015 else
|
|
|
4016 {
|
|
|
4017 // set external state
|
|
|
4018 TBase::SetTitle(lpszText, nStyle);
|
|
|
4019 }
|
|
|
4020 }
|
|
|
4021
|
|
|
4022 void SetWizardMode()
|
|
|
4023 {
|
|
|
4024 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_WIZARD;
|
|
|
4025 }
|
|
|
4026
|
|
|
4027 void EnableHelp()
|
|
|
4028 {
|
|
|
4029 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_HASHELP;
|
|
|
4030 }
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 // Operations
|
|
|
4033 BOOL AddPage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
4036 BOOL bRet = FALSE;
|
|
|
4037 if(this->m_hWnd != NULL)
|
|
|
4038 bRet = TBase::AddPage(hPage);
|
|
|
4039 else // sheet not created yet, use internal data
|
|
|
4040 bRet = m_arrPages.Add((HPROPSHEETPAGE&)hPage);
|
|
|
4041 return bRet;
|
|
|
4042 }
|
|
|
4043
|
|
|
4044 BOOL AddPage(LPCPROPSHEETPAGE pPage)
|
|
|
4045 {
|
|
|
4046 ATLASSERT(pPage != NULL);
|
|
|
4047 HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(pPage);
|
|
|
4048 if(hPage == NULL)
|
|
|
4049 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4050 BOOL bRet = AddPage(hPage);
|
|
|
4051 if(!bRet)
|
|
|
4052 ::DestroyPropertySheetPage(hPage);
|
|
|
4053 return bRet;
|
|
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 BOOL RemovePage(HPROPSHEETPAGE hPage)
|
|
|
4057 {
|
|
|
4058 ATLASSERT(hPage != NULL);
|
|
|
4059 if(this->m_hWnd == NULL) // not created yet
|
|
|
4060 {
|
|
|
4061 int nPage = GetPageIndex(hPage);
|
|
|
4062 if(nPage == -1)
|
|
|
4063 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4064 return RemovePage(nPage);
|
|
|
4065 }
|
|
|
4066 TBase::RemovePage(hPage);
|
|
|
4067 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 }
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 BOOL RemovePage(int nPageIndex)
|
|
|
4072 {
|
|
|
4073 BOOL bRet = TRUE;
|
|
|
4074 if(this->m_hWnd != NULL)
|
|
|
4075 TBase::RemovePage(nPageIndex);
|
|
|
4076 else // sheet not created yet, use internal data
|
|
|
4077 bRet = m_arrPages.RemoveAt(nPageIndex);
|
|
|
4078 return bRet;
|
|
|
4079 }
|
|
|
4080
|
|
|
4081 void SetHeader(LPCTSTR szbmHeader)
|
|
|
4082 {
|
|
|
4083 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4084
|
|
|
4085 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
|
|
|
4086 m_psh.dwFlags |= (PSH_HEADER | PSH_WIZARD97);
|
|
|
4087 m_psh.pszbmHeader = szbmHeader;
|
|
|
4088 }
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 void SetHeader(HBITMAP hbmHeader)
|
|
|
4091 {
|
|
|
4092 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
|
|
|
4095 m_psh.dwFlags |= (PSH_HEADER | PSH_USEHBMHEADER | PSH_WIZARD97);
|
|
|
4096 m_psh.hbmHeader = hbmHeader;
|
|
|
4097 }
|
|
|
4098
|
|
|
4099 void SetWatermark(LPCTSTR szbmWatermark, HPALETTE hplWatermark = NULL)
|
|
|
4100 {
|
|
|
4101 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4102
|
|
|
4103 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
|
|
|
4104 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_WATERMARK | PSH_WIZARD97;
|
|
|
4105 m_psh.pszbmWatermark = szbmWatermark;
|
|
|
4106
|
|
|
4107 if(hplWatermark != NULL)
|
|
|
4108 {
|
|
|
4109 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_USEHPLWATERMARK;
|
|
|
4110 m_psh.hplWatermark = hplWatermark;
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 void SetWatermark(HBITMAP hbmWatermark, HPALETTE hplWatermark = NULL)
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
|
4116 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
|
|
|
4119 m_psh.dwFlags |= (PSH_WATERMARK | PSH_USEHBMWATERMARK | PSH_WIZARD97);
|
|
|
4120 m_psh.hbmWatermark = hbmWatermark;
|
|
|
4121
|
|
|
4122 if(hplWatermark != NULL)
|
|
|
4123 {
|
|
|
4124 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_USEHPLWATERMARK;
|
|
|
4125 m_psh.hplWatermark = hplWatermark;
|
|
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 }
|
|
|
4128
|
|
|
4129 void StretchWatermark(bool bStretchWatermark)
|
|
|
4130 {
|
|
|
4131 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4132 if(bStretchWatermark)
|
|
|
4133 m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_STRETCHWATERMARK;
|
|
|
4134 else
|
|
|
4135 m_psh.dwFlags &= ~PSH_STRETCHWATERMARK;
|
|
|
4136 }
|
|
|
4137
|
|
|
4138 // Message map and handlers
|
|
|
4139 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CPropertySheetImpl)
|
|
|
4140 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_COMMAND, OnCommand)
|
|
|
4141 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_SYSCOMMAND, OnSysCommand)
|
|
|
4142 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 LRESULT OnCommand(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
4145 {
|
|
|
4146 LRESULT lRet = this->DefWindowProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
|
4147 if((HIWORD(wParam) == BN_CLICKED) && ((LOWORD(wParam) == IDOK) || (LOWORD(wParam) == IDCANCEL)) &&
|
|
|
4148 ((m_psh.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS) != 0) && (this->GetActivePage() == NULL))
|
|
|
4149 this->DestroyWindow();
|
|
|
4150 return lRet;
|
|
|
4151 }
|
|
|
4152
|
|
|
4153 LRESULT OnSysCommand(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& bHandled)
|
|
|
4154 {
|
|
|
4155 if(((m_psh.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS) == PSH_MODELESS) && ((wParam & 0xFFF0) == SC_CLOSE))
|
|
|
4156 this->SendMessage(WM_CLOSE);
|
|
|
4157 else
|
|
|
4158 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4159 return 0;
|
|
|
4160 }
|
|
|
4161 };
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 // for non-customized sheets
|
|
|
4164 class CPropertySheet : public CPropertySheetImpl<CPropertySheet>
|
|
|
4165 {
|
|
|
4166 public:
|
|
|
4167 CPropertySheet(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
4168 : CPropertySheetImpl<CPropertySheet>(title, uStartPage, hWndParent)
|
|
|
4169 { }
|
|
|
4170 };
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172
|
|
|
4173 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
4174 // CPropertyPageWindow - client side for a property page
|
|
|
4175
|
|
|
4176 class CPropertyPageWindow : public ATL::CWindow
|
|
|
4177 {
|
|
|
4178 public:
|
|
|
4179 // Constructors
|
|
|
4180 CPropertyPageWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : ATL::CWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
4181 { }
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 CPropertyPageWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
4184 {
|
|
|
4185 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
4186 return *this;
|
|
|
4187 }
|
|
|
4188
|
|
|
4189 // Attributes
|
|
|
4190 CPropertySheetWindow GetPropertySheet() const
|
|
|
4191 {
|
|
|
4192 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4193 return CPropertySheetWindow(GetParent());
|
|
|
4194 }
|
|
|
4195
|
|
|
4196 // Operations
|
|
|
4197 BOOL Apply()
|
|
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4200 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4201 return GetPropertySheet().Apply();
|
|
|
4202 }
|
|
|
4203
|
|
|
4204 void CancelToClose()
|
|
|
4205 {
|
|
|
4206 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4207 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4208 GetPropertySheet().CancelToClose();
|
|
|
4209 }
|
|
|
4210
|
|
|
4211 void SetModified(BOOL bChanged = TRUE)
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4214 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4215 GetPropertySheet().SetModified(m_hWnd, bChanged);
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 LRESULT QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
4219 {
|
|
|
4220 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4221 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4222 return GetPropertySheet().QuerySiblings(wParam, lParam);
|
|
|
4223 }
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 void RebootSystem()
|
|
|
4226 {
|
|
|
4227 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4228 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4229 GetPropertySheet().RebootSystem();
|
|
|
4230 }
|
|
|
4231
|
|
|
4232 void RestartWindows()
|
|
|
4233 {
|
|
|
4234 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4235 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4236 GetPropertySheet().RestartWindows();
|
|
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238
|
|
|
4239 void SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags)
|
|
|
4240 {
|
|
|
4241 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4242 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
4243 GetPropertySheet().SetWizardButtons(dwFlags);
|
|
|
4244 }
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 // Implementation - overrides to prevent usage
|
|
|
4247 HWND Create(LPCTSTR, HWND, ATL::_U_RECT = NULL, LPCTSTR = NULL, DWORD = 0, DWORD = 0, ATL::_U_MENUorID = 0U, LPVOID = NULL)
|
|
|
4248 {
|
|
|
4249 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
4250 return NULL;
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252 };
|
|
|
4253
|
|
|
4254 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
4255 // CPropertyPageImpl - implements a property page
|
|
|
4256
|
|
|
4257 #if defined(_WTL_FORCE_OLD_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS) && defined(_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS)
|
|
|
4258 #error _WTL_FORCE_OLD_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS and _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS cannot be both defined
|
|
|
4259 #endif
|
|
|
4260
|
|
|
4261 #if !defined(_WTL_FORCE_OLD_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS) && !defined(_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS)
|
|
|
4262 #define _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4263 #endif
|
|
|
4264
|
|
|
4265 // NOTE: _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS is now defined by default.
|
|
|
4266 // It enables use of new notification handlers that
|
|
|
4267 // return direct values without any restrictions.
|
|
|
4268 // Define _WTL_FORCE_OLD_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS to use old handlers.
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 template <class T, class TBase = CPropertyPageWindow>
|
|
|
4271 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CPropertyPageImpl : public ATL::CDialogImplBaseT< TBase >
|
|
|
4272 {
|
|
|
4273 public:
|
|
|
4274 PROPSHEETPAGE m_psp;
|
|
|
4275
|
|
|
4276 operator PROPSHEETPAGE*() { return &m_psp; }
|
|
|
4277
|
|
|
4278 // Construction
|
|
|
4279 CPropertyPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL)
|
|
|
4280 {
|
|
|
4281 // initialize PROPSHEETPAGE struct
|
|
|
4282 memset(&m_psp, 0, sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE));
|
|
|
4283 m_psp.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE);
|
|
|
4284 m_psp.dwFlags = PSP_USECALLBACK;
|
|
|
4285 m_psp.hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
4286 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4287 m_psp.pszTemplate = MAKEINTRESOURCE(pT->IDD);
|
|
|
4288 m_psp.pfnDlgProc = (DLGPROC)T::StartDialogProc;
|
|
|
4289 m_psp.pfnCallback = T::PropPageCallback;
|
|
|
4290 m_psp.lParam = (LPARAM)pT;
|
|
|
4291
|
|
|
4292 if(title.m_lpstr != NULL)
|
|
|
4293 SetTitle(title);
|
|
|
4294 }
|
|
|
4295
|
|
|
4296 // Callback function and overrideables
|
|
|
4297 static UINT CALLBACK PropPageCallback(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, LPPROPSHEETPAGE ppsp)
|
|
|
4298 {
|
|
|
4299 (void)hWnd; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
4300 ATLASSERT(hWnd == NULL);
|
|
|
4301 T* pT = (T*)ppsp->lParam;
|
|
|
4302 UINT uRet = 0;
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 switch(uMsg)
|
|
|
4305 {
|
|
|
4306 case PSPCB_CREATE:
|
|
|
4307 {
|
|
|
4308 ATL::CDialogImplBaseT< TBase >* pPage = (ATL::CDialogImplBaseT< TBase >*)pT;
|
|
|
4309 ModuleHelper::AddCreateWndData(&pPage->m_thunk.cd, pPage);
|
|
|
4310 uRet = pT->OnPageCreate() ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
4311 }
|
|
|
4312 break;
|
|
|
4313 case PSPCB_ADDREF:
|
|
|
4314 pT->OnPageAddRef();
|
|
|
4315 break;
|
|
|
4316 case PSPCB_RELEASE:
|
|
|
4317 pT->OnPageRelease();
|
|
|
4318 break;
|
|
|
4319 default:
|
|
|
4320 break;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 return uRet;
|
|
|
4324 }
|
|
|
4325
|
|
|
4326 bool OnPageCreate()
|
|
|
4327 {
|
|
|
4328 return true; // true - allow page to be created, false - prevent creation
|
|
|
4329 }
|
|
|
4330
|
|
|
4331 void OnPageAddRef()
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 }
|
|
|
4334
|
|
|
4335 void OnPageRelease()
|
|
|
4336 {
|
|
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 // Create method
|
|
|
4340 HPROPSHEETPAGE Create()
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 return ::CreatePropertySheetPage(&m_psp);
|
|
|
4343 }
|
|
|
4344
|
|
|
4345 // Attributes
|
|
|
4346 void SetTitle(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title)
|
|
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 m_psp.pszTitle = title.m_lpstr;
|
|
|
4349 m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_USETITLE;
|
|
|
4350 }
|
|
|
4351
|
|
|
4352 void SetHeaderTitle(LPCTSTR lpstrHeaderTitle)
|
|
|
4353 {
|
|
|
4354 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4355 m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_USEHEADERTITLE;
|
|
|
4356 m_psp.pszHeaderTitle = lpstrHeaderTitle;
|
|
|
4357 }
|
|
|
4358
|
|
|
4359 void SetHeaderSubTitle(LPCTSTR lpstrHeaderSubTitle)
|
|
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
4362 m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_USEHEADERSUBTITLE;
|
|
|
4363 m_psp.pszHeaderSubTitle = lpstrHeaderSubTitle;
|
|
|
4364 }
|
|
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 // Operations
|
|
|
4367 void EnableHelp()
|
|
|
4368 {
|
|
|
4369 m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_HASHELP;
|
|
|
4370 }
|
|
|
4371
|
|
|
4372 // Message map and handlers
|
|
|
4373 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CPropertyPageImpl)
|
|
|
4374 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_NOTIFY, OnNotify)
|
|
|
4375 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 LRESULT OnNotify(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam, BOOL& bHandled)
|
|
|
4378 {
|
|
|
4379 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(this->m_hWnd));
|
|
|
4380 NMHDR* pNMHDR = (NMHDR*)lParam;
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 // don't handle messages not from the page/sheet itself
|
|
|
4383 if((pNMHDR->hwndFrom != this->m_hWnd) && (pNMHDR->hwndFrom != ::GetParent(this->m_hWnd)))
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4386 return 1;
|
|
|
4387 }
|
|
|
4388
|
|
|
4389 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4390 LRESULT lResult = 0;
|
|
|
4391 switch(pNMHDR->code)
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 #ifdef _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4394 case PSN_SETACTIVE:
|
|
|
4395 lResult = pT->OnSetActive();
|
|
|
4396 break;
|
|
|
4397 case PSN_KILLACTIVE:
|
|
|
4398 lResult = pT->OnKillActive();
|
|
|
4399 break;
|
|
|
4400 case PSN_APPLY:
|
|
|
4401 lResult = pT->OnApply();
|
|
|
4402 break;
|
|
|
4403 case PSN_RESET:
|
|
|
4404 pT->OnReset();
|
|
|
4405 break;
|
|
|
4406 case PSN_QUERYCANCEL:
|
|
|
4407 lResult = pT->OnQueryCancel();
|
|
|
4408 break;
|
|
|
4409 case PSN_WIZNEXT:
|
|
|
4410 lResult = pT->OnWizardNext();
|
|
|
4411 break;
|
|
|
4412 case PSN_WIZBACK:
|
|
|
4413 lResult = pT->OnWizardBack();
|
|
|
4414 break;
|
|
|
4415 case PSN_WIZFINISH:
|
|
|
4416 lResult = pT->OnWizardFinish();
|
|
|
4417 break;
|
|
|
4418 case PSN_HELP:
|
|
|
4419 pT->OnHelp();
|
|
|
4420 break;
|
|
|
4421 case PSN_GETOBJECT:
|
|
|
4422 if(!pT->OnGetObject((LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY)lParam))
|
|
|
4423 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4424 break;
|
|
|
4425 case PSN_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR:
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 LPPSHNOTIFY lpPSHNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam;
|
|
|
4428 lResult = pT->OnTranslateAccelerator((LPMSG)lpPSHNotify->lParam);
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430 break;
|
|
|
4431 case PSN_QUERYINITIALFOCUS:
|
|
|
4432 {
|
|
|
4433 LPPSHNOTIFY lpPSHNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam;
|
|
|
4434 lResult = (LRESULT)pT->OnQueryInitialFocus((HWND)lpPSHNotify->lParam);
|
|
|
4435 }
|
|
|
4436 break;
|
|
|
4437
|
|
|
4438 #else // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4439 case PSN_SETACTIVE:
|
|
|
4440 lResult = pT->OnSetActive() ? 0 : -1;
|
|
|
4441 break;
|
|
|
4442 case PSN_KILLACTIVE:
|
|
|
4443 lResult = !pT->OnKillActive();
|
|
|
4444 break;
|
|
|
4445 case PSN_APPLY:
|
|
|
4446 lResult = pT->OnApply() ? PSNRET_NOERROR : PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE;
|
|
|
4447 break;
|
|
|
4448 case PSN_RESET:
|
|
|
4449 pT->OnReset();
|
|
|
4450 break;
|
|
|
4451 case PSN_QUERYCANCEL:
|
|
|
4452 lResult = !pT->OnQueryCancel();
|
|
|
4453 break;
|
|
|
4454 case PSN_WIZNEXT:
|
|
|
4455 lResult = pT->OnWizardNext();
|
|
|
4456 break;
|
|
|
4457 case PSN_WIZBACK:
|
|
|
4458 lResult = pT->OnWizardBack();
|
|
|
4459 break;
|
|
|
4460 case PSN_WIZFINISH:
|
|
|
4461 lResult = !pT->OnWizardFinish();
|
|
|
4462 break;
|
|
|
4463 case PSN_HELP:
|
|
|
4464 pT->OnHelp();
|
|
|
4465 break;
|
|
|
4466 case PSN_GETOBJECT:
|
|
|
4467 if(!pT->OnGetObject((LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY)lParam))
|
|
|
4468 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4469 break;
|
|
|
4470 case PSN_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR:
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 LPPSHNOTIFY lpPSHNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam;
|
|
|
4473 lResult = pT->OnTranslateAccelerator((LPMSG)lpPSHNotify->lParam) ? PSNRET_MESSAGEHANDLED : PSNRET_NOERROR;
|
|
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475 break;
|
|
|
4476 case PSN_QUERYINITIALFOCUS:
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 LPPSHNOTIFY lpPSHNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam;
|
|
|
4479 lResult = (LRESULT)pT->OnQueryInitialFocus((HWND)lpPSHNotify->lParam);
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481 break;
|
|
|
4482
|
|
|
4483 #endif // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4484 default:
|
|
|
4485 bHandled = FALSE; // not handled
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 return lResult;
|
|
|
4489 }
|
|
|
4490
|
|
|
4491 // Overridables
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4493 int OnSetActive()
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 // 0 = allow activate
|
|
|
4496 // -1 = go back that was active
|
|
|
4497 // page ID = jump to page
|
|
|
4498 return 0;
|
|
|
4499 }
|
|
|
4500
|
|
|
4501 BOOL OnKillActive()
|
|
|
4502 {
|
|
|
4503 // FALSE = allow deactivate
|
|
|
4504 // TRUE = prevent deactivation
|
|
|
4505 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4506 }
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 int OnApply()
|
|
|
4509 {
|
|
|
4510 // PSNRET_NOERROR = apply OK
|
|
|
4511 // PSNRET_INVALID = apply not OK, return to this page
|
|
|
4512 // PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE = apply not OK, don't change focus
|
|
|
4513 return PSNRET_NOERROR;
|
|
|
4514 }
|
|
|
4515
|
|
|
4516 void OnReset()
|
|
|
4517 {
|
|
|
4518 }
|
|
|
4519
|
|
|
4520 BOOL OnQueryCancel()
|
|
|
4521 {
|
|
|
4522 // FALSE = allow cancel
|
|
|
4523 // TRUE = prevent cancel
|
|
|
4524 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4525 }
|
|
|
4526
|
|
|
4527 int OnWizardBack()
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 // 0 = goto previous page
|
|
|
4530 // -1 = prevent page change
|
|
|
4531 // >0 = jump to page by dlg ID
|
|
|
4532 return 0;
|
|
|
4533 }
|
|
|
4534
|
|
|
4535 int OnWizardNext()
|
|
|
4536 {
|
|
|
4537 // 0 = goto next page
|
|
|
4538 // -1 = prevent page change
|
|
|
4539 // >0 = jump to page by dlg ID
|
|
|
4540 return 0;
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
|
4542
|
|
|
4543 INT_PTR OnWizardFinish()
|
|
|
4544 {
|
|
|
4545 // FALSE = allow finish
|
|
|
4546 // TRUE = prevent finish
|
|
|
4547 // HWND = prevent finish and set focus to HWND (CommCtrl 5.80 only)
|
|
|
4548 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4549 }
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 void OnHelp()
|
|
|
4552 {
|
|
|
4553 }
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 BOOL OnGetObject(LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY /*lpObjectNotify*/)
|
|
|
4556 {
|
|
|
4557 return FALSE; // not processed
|
|
|
4558 }
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 int OnTranslateAccelerator(LPMSG /*lpMsg*/)
|
|
|
4561 {
|
|
|
4562 // PSNRET_NOERROR - message not handled
|
|
|
4563 // PSNRET_MESSAGEHANDLED - message handled
|
|
|
4564 return PSNRET_NOERROR;
|
|
|
4565 }
|
|
|
4566
|
|
|
4567 HWND OnQueryInitialFocus(HWND /*hWndFocus*/)
|
|
|
4568 {
|
|
|
4569 // NULL = set focus to default control
|
|
|
4570 // HWND = set focus to HWND
|
|
|
4571 return NULL;
|
|
|
4572 }
|
|
|
4573
|
|
|
4574 #else // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4575 BOOL OnSetActive()
|
|
|
4576 {
|
|
|
4577 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 BOOL OnKillActive()
|
|
|
4581 {
|
|
|
4582 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4583 }
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 BOOL OnApply()
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
|
4587 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4588 }
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 void OnReset()
|
|
|
4591 {
|
|
|
4592 }
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 BOOL OnQueryCancel()
|
|
|
4595 {
|
|
|
4596 return TRUE; // ok to cancel
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598
|
|
|
4599 int OnWizardBack()
|
|
|
4600 {
|
|
|
4601 // 0 = goto previous page
|
|
|
4602 // -1 = prevent page change
|
|
|
4603 // >0 = jump to page by dlg ID
|
|
|
4604 return 0;
|
|
|
4605 }
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 int OnWizardNext()
|
|
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609 // 0 = goto next page
|
|
|
4610 // -1 = prevent page change
|
|
|
4611 // >0 = jump to page by dlg ID
|
|
|
4612 return 0;
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 BOOL OnWizardFinish()
|
|
|
4616 {
|
|
|
4617 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4618 }
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 void OnHelp()
|
|
|
4621 {
|
|
|
4622 }
|
|
|
4623
|
|
|
4624 BOOL OnGetObject(LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY /*lpObjectNotify*/)
|
|
|
4625 {
|
|
|
4626 return FALSE; // not processed
|
|
|
4627 }
|
|
|
4628
|
|
|
4629 BOOL OnTranslateAccelerator(LPMSG /*lpMsg*/)
|
|
|
4630 {
|
|
|
4631 return FALSE; // not translated
|
|
|
4632 }
|
|
|
4633
|
|
|
4634 HWND OnQueryInitialFocus(HWND /*hWndFocus*/)
|
|
|
4635 {
|
|
|
4636 return NULL; // default
|
|
|
4637 }
|
|
|
4638
|
|
|
4639 #endif // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4640 };
|
|
|
4641
|
|
|
4642 // for non-customized pages
|
|
|
4643 template <WORD t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
4644 class CPropertyPage : public CPropertyPageImpl<CPropertyPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >
|
|
|
4645 {
|
|
|
4646 public:
|
|
|
4647 enum { IDD = t_wDlgTemplateID };
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 CPropertyPage(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CPropertyPageImpl<CPropertyPage>(title)
|
|
|
4650 { }
|
|
|
4651
|
|
|
4652 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
4653 };
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
4656 // CAxPropertyPageImpl - property page that hosts ActiveX controls
|
|
|
4657
|
|
|
4658 #ifndef _ATL_NO_HOSTING
|
|
|
4659
|
|
|
4660 // Note: You must #include <atlhost.h> to use these classes
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 template <class T, class TBase = CPropertyPageWindow>
|
|
|
4663 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CAxPropertyPageImpl : public CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
4664 {
|
|
|
4665 public:
|
|
|
4666 // Data members
|
|
|
4667 HGLOBAL m_hInitData;
|
|
|
4668 HGLOBAL m_hDlgRes;
|
|
|
4669 HGLOBAL m_hDlgResSplit;
|
|
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 // Constructor/destructor
|
|
|
4672 CAxPropertyPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) :
|
|
|
4673 CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >(title),
|
|
|
4674 m_hInitData(NULL), m_hDlgRes(NULL), m_hDlgResSplit(NULL)
|
|
|
4675 {
|
|
|
4676 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4677 (void)pT; // avoid level 4 warning
|
|
|
4678
|
|
|
4679 // initialize ActiveX hosting and modify dialog template
|
|
|
4680 ATL::AtlAxWinInit();
|
|
|
4681
|
|
|
4682 HINSTANCE hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
4683 LPCTSTR lpTemplateName = MAKEINTRESOURCE(pT->IDD);
|
|
|
4684 HRSRC hDlg = ::FindResource(hInstance, lpTemplateName, (LPTSTR)RT_DIALOG);
|
|
|
4685 if(hDlg != NULL)
|
|
|
4686 {
|
|
|
4687 HRSRC hDlgInit = ::FindResource(hInstance, lpTemplateName, (LPTSTR)_ATL_RT_DLGINIT);
|
|
|
4688
|
|
|
4689 BYTE* pInitData = NULL;
|
|
|
4690 if(hDlgInit != NULL)
|
|
|
4691 {
|
|
|
4692 m_hInitData = ::LoadResource(hInstance, hDlgInit);
|
|
|
4693 pInitData = (BYTE*)::LockResource(m_hInitData);
|
|
|
4694 }
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 m_hDlgRes = ::LoadResource(hInstance, hDlg);
|
|
|
4697 DLGTEMPLATE* pDlg = (DLGTEMPLATE*)::LockResource(m_hDlgRes);
|
|
|
4698 LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpDialogTemplate = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::SplitDialogTemplate(pDlg, pInitData);
|
|
|
4699 if(lpDialogTemplate != pDlg)
|
|
|
4700 m_hDlgResSplit = GlobalHandle(lpDialogTemplate);
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 // set up property page to use in-memory dialog template
|
|
|
4703 if(lpDialogTemplate != NULL)
|
|
|
4704 {
|
|
|
4705 this->m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_DLGINDIRECT;
|
|
|
4706 this->m_psp.pResource = lpDialogTemplate;
|
|
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708 else
|
|
|
4709 {
|
|
|
4710 ATLASSERT(FALSE && _T("CAxPropertyPageImpl - ActiveX initializtion failed!"));
|
|
|
4711 }
|
|
|
4712 }
|
|
|
4713 else
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 ATLASSERT(FALSE && _T("CAxPropertyPageImpl - Cannot find dialog template!"));
|
|
|
4716 }
|
|
|
4717 }
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 ~CAxPropertyPageImpl()
|
|
|
4720 {
|
|
|
4721 if(m_hInitData != NULL)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 UnlockResource(m_hInitData);
|
|
|
4724 FreeResource(m_hInitData);
|
|
|
4725 }
|
|
|
4726 if(m_hDlgRes != NULL)
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 UnlockResource(m_hDlgRes);
|
|
|
4729 FreeResource(m_hDlgRes);
|
|
|
4730 }
|
|
|
4731 if(m_hDlgResSplit != NULL)
|
|
|
4732 {
|
|
|
4733 ::GlobalFree(m_hDlgResSplit);
|
|
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735 }
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 // Methods
|
|
|
4738 // call this one to handle keyboard message for ActiveX controls
|
|
|
4739 BOOL PreTranslateMessage(LPMSG pMsg)
|
|
|
4740 {
|
|
|
4741 if (((pMsg->message < WM_KEYFIRST) || (pMsg->message > WM_KEYLAST)) &&
|
|
|
4742 ((pMsg->message < WM_MOUSEFIRST) || (pMsg->message > WM_MOUSELAST)))
|
|
|
4743 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4744 // find a direct child of the dialog from the window that has focus
|
|
|
4745 HWND hWndCtl = ::GetFocus();
|
|
|
4746 if (this->IsChild(hWndCtl) && (::GetParent(hWndCtl) != this->m_hWnd))
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 do
|
|
|
4749 {
|
|
|
4750 hWndCtl = ::GetParent(hWndCtl);
|
|
|
4751 }
|
|
|
4752 while (::GetParent(hWndCtl) != this->m_hWnd);
|
|
|
4753 }
|
|
|
4754 // give controls a chance to translate this message
|
|
|
4755 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(hWndCtl, WM_FORWARDMSG, 0, (LPARAM)pMsg);
|
|
|
4756 }
|
|
|
4757
|
|
|
4758 // Overridables
|
|
|
4759 // new default implementation for ActiveX hosting pages
|
|
|
4760 #ifdef _WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4761 int OnTranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpMsg)
|
|
|
4762 {
|
|
|
4763 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4764 return (pT->PreTranslateMessage(lpMsg) != FALSE) ? PSNRET_MESSAGEHANDLED : PSNRET_NOERROR;
|
|
|
4765 }
|
|
|
4766 #else // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4767 BOOL OnTranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpMsg)
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4770 return pT->PreTranslateMessage(lpMsg);
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772 #endif // !_WTL_NEW_PAGE_NOTIFY_HANDLERS
|
|
|
4773
|
|
|
4774 int GetIDD()
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 return( static_cast<T*>(this)->IDD );
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778
|
|
|
4779 virtual DLGPROC GetDialogProc()
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 return DialogProc;
|
|
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783
|
|
|
4784 static INT_PTR CALLBACK DialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
|
4785 {
|
|
|
4786 CAxPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >* pThis = (CAxPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >*)hWnd;
|
|
|
4787 if (uMsg == WM_INITDIALOG)
|
|
|
4788 {
|
|
|
4789 HRESULT hr;
|
|
|
4790 if (FAILED(hr = pThis->CreateActiveXControls(pThis->GetIDD())))
|
|
|
4791 {
|
|
|
4792 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
4793 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4794 }
|
|
|
4795 }
|
|
|
4796 return CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >::DialogProc(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
|
4797 }
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 // ActiveX controls creation
|
|
|
4800 virtual HRESULT CreateActiveXControls(UINT nID)
|
|
|
4801 {
|
|
|
4802 // Load dialog template and InitData
|
|
|
4803 HRSRC hDlgInit = ::FindResource(ATL::_AtlBaseModule.GetResourceInstance(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID), (LPTSTR)_ATL_RT_DLGINIT);
|
|
|
4804 BYTE* pInitData = NULL;
|
|
|
4805 HGLOBAL hData = NULL;
|
|
|
4806 HRESULT hr = S_OK;
|
|
|
4807 if (hDlgInit != NULL)
|
|
|
4808 {
|
|
|
4809 hData = ::LoadResource(ATL::_AtlBaseModule.GetResourceInstance(), hDlgInit);
|
|
|
4810 if (hData != NULL)
|
|
|
4811 pInitData = (BYTE*) ::LockResource(hData);
|
|
|
4812 }
|
|
|
4813
|
|
|
4814 HRSRC hDlg = ::FindResource(ATL::_AtlBaseModule.GetResourceInstance(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID), (LPTSTR)RT_DIALOG);
|
|
|
4815 if (hDlg != NULL)
|
|
|
4816 {
|
|
|
4817 HGLOBAL hResource = ::LoadResource(ATL::_AtlBaseModule.GetResourceInstance(), hDlg);
|
|
|
4818 DLGTEMPLATE* pDlg = NULL;
|
|
|
4819 if (hResource != NULL)
|
|
|
4820 {
|
|
|
4821 pDlg = (DLGTEMPLATE*) ::LockResource(hResource);
|
|
|
4822 if (pDlg != NULL)
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
|
4824 // Get first control on the template
|
|
|
4825 BOOL bDialogEx = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::IsDialogEx(pDlg);
|
|
|
4826 WORD nItems = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DlgTemplateItemCount(pDlg);
|
|
|
4827
|
|
|
4828 // Get first control on the dialog
|
|
|
4829 DLGITEMTEMPLATE* pItem = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::FindFirstDlgItem(pDlg);
|
|
|
4830 HWND hWndPrev = this->GetWindow(GW_CHILD);
|
|
|
4831
|
|
|
4832 // Create all ActiveX cotnrols in the dialog template and place them in the correct tab order (z-order)
|
|
|
4833 for (WORD nItem = 0; nItem < nItems; nItem++)
|
|
|
4834 {
|
|
|
4835 DWORD wID = bDialogEx ? ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->id : pItem->id;
|
|
|
4836 if (ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::IsActiveXControl(pItem, bDialogEx))
|
|
|
4837 {
|
|
|
4838 BYTE* pData = NULL;
|
|
|
4839 DWORD dwLen = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::FindCreateData(wID, pInitData, &pData);
|
|
|
4840 ATL::CComPtr<IStream> spStream;
|
|
|
4841 if (dwLen != 0)
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 HGLOBAL h = GlobalAlloc(GHND, dwLen);
|
|
|
4844 if (h != NULL)
|
|
|
4845 {
|
|
|
4846 BYTE* pBytes = (BYTE*) GlobalLock(h);
|
|
|
4847 BYTE* pSource = pData;
|
|
|
4848 ATL::Checked::memcpy_s(pBytes, dwLen, pSource, dwLen);
|
|
|
4849 GlobalUnlock(h);
|
|
|
4850 CreateStreamOnHGlobal(h, TRUE, &spStream);
|
|
|
4851 }
|
|
|
4852 else
|
|
|
4853 {
|
|
|
4854 hr = E_OUTOFMEMORY;
|
|
|
4855 break;
|
|
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 }
|
|
|
4858
|
|
|
4859 ATL::CComBSTR bstrLicKey;
|
|
|
4860 hr = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::ParseInitData(spStream, &bstrLicKey.m_str);
|
|
|
4861 if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
|
|
|
4862 {
|
|
|
4863 ATL::CAxWindow2 wnd;
|
|
|
4864 // Get control caption.
|
|
|
4865 LPWSTR pszClassName =
|
|
|
4866 bDialogEx ?
|
|
|
4867 (LPWSTR)(((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem) + 1) :
|
|
|
4868 (LPWSTR)(pItem + 1);
|
|
|
4869 // Get control rect.
|
|
|
4870 RECT rect = {};
|
|
|
4871 rect.left = bDialogEx ? ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->x : pItem->x;
|
|
|
4872 rect.top = bDialogEx ? ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->y : pItem->y;
|
|
|
4873 rect.right = rect.left + (bDialogEx ? ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->cx : pItem->cx);
|
|
|
4874 rect.bottom = rect.top + (bDialogEx ? ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->cy : pItem->cy);
|
|
|
4875
|
|
|
4876 // Convert from dialog units to screen units
|
|
|
4877 this->MapDialogRect(&rect);
|
|
|
4878
|
|
|
4879 // Create AxWindow with a NULL caption.
|
|
|
4880 wnd.Create(this->m_hWnd,
|
|
|
4881 &rect,
|
|
|
4882 NULL,
|
|
|
4883 (bDialogEx ?
|
|
|
4884 ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->style :
|
|
|
4885 pItem->style) | WS_TABSTOP,
|
|
|
4886 bDialogEx ?
|
|
|
4887 ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->exStyle :
|
|
|
4888 0,
|
|
|
4889 bDialogEx ?
|
|
|
4890 ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->id :
|
|
|
4891 pItem->id,
|
|
|
4892 NULL);
|
|
|
4893
|
|
|
4894 if (wnd != NULL)
|
|
|
4895 {
|
|
|
4896 // Set the Help ID
|
|
|
4897 if (bDialogEx && ((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->helpID != 0)
|
|
|
4898 wnd.SetWindowContextHelpId(((ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::DLGITEMTEMPLATEEX*)pItem)->helpID);
|
|
|
4899 // Try to create the ActiveX control.
|
|
|
4900 hr = wnd.CreateControlLic(pszClassName, spStream, NULL, bstrLicKey);
|
|
|
4901 if (FAILED(hr))
|
|
|
4902 break;
|
|
|
4903 // Set the correct tab position.
|
|
|
4904 if (nItem == 0)
|
|
|
4905 hWndPrev = HWND_TOP;
|
|
|
4906 wnd.SetWindowPos(hWndPrev, 0,0,0,0,SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE);
|
|
|
4907 hWndPrev = wnd;
|
|
|
4908 }
|
|
|
4909 else
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 hr = ATL::AtlHresultFromLastError();
|
|
|
4912 }
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914 }
|
|
|
4915 else
|
|
|
4916 {
|
|
|
4917 if (nItem != 0)
|
|
|
4918 hWndPrev = ::GetWindow(hWndPrev, GW_HWNDNEXT);
|
|
|
4919 }
|
|
|
4920 pItem = ATL::_DialogSplitHelper::FindNextDlgItem(pItem, bDialogEx);
|
|
|
4921 }
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923 else
|
|
|
4924 hr = ATL::AtlHresultFromLastError();
|
|
|
4925 }
|
|
|
4926 else
|
|
|
4927 hr = ATL::AtlHresultFromLastError();
|
|
|
4928 }
|
|
|
4929 return hr;
|
|
|
4930 }
|
|
|
4931
|
|
|
4932 // Event handling support
|
|
|
4933 HRESULT AdviseSinkMap(bool bAdvise)
|
|
|
4934 {
|
|
|
4935 if(!bAdvise && (this->m_hWnd == NULL))
|
|
|
4936 {
|
|
|
4937 // window is gone, controls are already unadvised
|
|
|
4938 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("CAxPropertyPageImpl::AdviseSinkMap called after the window was destroyed\n"));
|
|
|
4939 return S_OK;
|
|
|
4940 }
|
|
|
4941 HRESULT hRet = E_NOTIMPL;
|
|
|
4942 __if_exists(T::_GetSinkMapFinder)
|
|
|
4943 {
|
|
|
4944 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
4945 hRet = AtlAdviseSinkMap(pT, bAdvise);
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947 return hRet;
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 // Message map and handlers
|
|
|
4951 typedef CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase> _baseClass;
|
|
|
4952 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CAxPropertyPageImpl)
|
|
|
4953 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_INITDIALOG, OnInitDialog)
|
|
|
4954 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_DESTROY, OnDestroy)
|
|
|
4955 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(_baseClass)
|
|
|
4956 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
4957
|
|
|
4958 LRESULT OnInitDialog(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& bHandled)
|
|
|
4959 {
|
|
|
4960 // initialize controls in dialog with DLGINIT resource section
|
|
|
4961 this->ExecuteDlgInit(static_cast<T*>(this)->IDD);
|
|
|
4962 AdviseSinkMap(true);
|
|
|
4963 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4964 return 1;
|
|
|
4965 }
|
|
|
4966
|
|
|
4967 LRESULT OnDestroy(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& bHandled)
|
|
|
4968 {
|
|
|
4969 AdviseSinkMap(false);
|
|
|
4970 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
4971 return 1;
|
|
|
4972 }
|
|
|
4973 };
|
|
|
4974
|
|
|
4975 // for non-customized pages
|
|
|
4976 template <WORD t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
4977 class CAxPropertyPage : public CAxPropertyPageImpl<CAxPropertyPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
|
4979 public:
|
|
|
4980 enum { IDD = t_wDlgTemplateID };
|
|
|
4981
|
|
|
4982 CAxPropertyPage(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CAxPropertyPageImpl<CAxPropertyPage>(title)
|
|
|
4983 { }
|
|
|
4984
|
|
|
4985 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CAxPropertyPage)
|
|
|
4986 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(CAxPropertyPageImpl<CAxPropertyPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >)
|
|
|
4987 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
4988 };
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 #endif // _ATL_NO_HOSTING
|
|
|
4991
|
|
|
4992
|
|
|
4993 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
4994 // Wizard97 Support
|
|
|
4995
|
|
|
4996 // Sample wizard dialog resources:
|
|
|
4997 //
|
|
|
4998 // IDD_WIZ97_INTERIOR_BLANK DIALOG 0, 0, 317, 143
|
|
|
4999 // STYLE DS_SETFONT | WS_CHILD | WS_DISABLED | WS_CAPTION
|
|
|
5000 // CAPTION "Wizard97 Property Page - Interior"
|
|
|
5001 // FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg"
|
|
|
5002 // BEGIN
|
|
|
5003 // END
|
|
|
5004 //
|
|
|
5005 // IDD_WIZ97_EXTERIOR_BLANK DIALOGEX 0, 0, 317, 193
|
|
|
5006 // STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_CHILD | WS_DISABLED | WS_CAPTION
|
|
|
5007 // CAPTION "Wizard97 Property Page - Welcome/Complete"
|
|
|
5008 // FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg", 0, 0, 0x0
|
|
|
5009 // BEGIN
|
|
|
5010 // LTEXT "Welcome to the X Wizard",IDC_WIZ97_EXTERIOR_TITLE,115,8,
|
|
|
5011 // 195,24
|
|
|
5012 // LTEXT "Wizard Explanation\r\n(The height of the static text should be in multiples of 8 dlus)",
|
|
|
5013 // IDC_STATIC,115,40,195,16
|
|
|
5014 // LTEXT "h",IDC_WIZ97_BULLET1,118,64,8,8
|
|
|
5015 // LTEXT "List Item 1 (the h is turned into a bullet)",IDC_STATIC,
|
|
|
5016 // 127,63,122,8
|
|
|
5017 // LTEXT "h",IDC_WIZ97_BULLET2,118,79,8,8
|
|
|
5018 // LTEXT "List Item 2. Keep 7 dlus between paragraphs",IDC_STATIC,
|
|
|
5019 // 127,78,33,8
|
|
|
5020 // CONTROL "&Do not show this Welcome page again",
|
|
|
5021 // IDC_WIZ97_WELCOME_NOTAGAIN,"Button",BS_AUTOCHECKBOX |
|
|
|
5022 // WS_TABSTOP,115,169,138,10
|
|
|
5023 // END
|
|
|
5024 //
|
|
|
5025 // GUIDELINES DESIGNINFO
|
|
|
5026 // BEGIN
|
|
|
5027 // IDD_WIZ97_INTERIOR_BLANK, DIALOG
|
|
|
5028 // BEGIN
|
|
|
5029 // LEFTMARGIN, 7
|
|
|
5030 // RIGHTMARGIN, 310
|
|
|
5031 // VERTGUIDE, 21
|
|
|
5032 // VERTGUIDE, 31
|
|
|
5033 // VERTGUIDE, 286
|
|
|
5034 // VERTGUIDE, 296
|
|
|
5035 // TOPMARGIN, 7
|
|
|
5036 // BOTTOMMARGIN, 136
|
|
|
5037 // HORZGUIDE, 8
|
|
|
5038 // END
|
|
|
5039 //
|
|
|
5040 // IDD_WIZ97_EXTERIOR_BLANK, DIALOG
|
|
|
5041 // BEGIN
|
|
|
5042 // RIGHTMARGIN, 310
|
|
|
5043 // VERTGUIDE, 115
|
|
|
5044 // VERTGUIDE, 118
|
|
|
5045 // VERTGUIDE, 127
|
|
|
5046 // TOPMARGIN, 7
|
|
|
5047 // BOTTOMMARGIN, 186
|
|
|
5048 // HORZGUIDE, 8
|
|
|
5049 // HORZGUIDE, 32
|
|
|
5050 // HORZGUIDE, 40
|
|
|
5051 // HORZGUIDE, 169
|
|
|
5052 // END
|
|
|
5053 // END
|
|
|
5054
|
|
|
5055 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5056 // CWizard97SheetWindow - client side for a Wizard 97 style wizard sheet
|
|
|
5057
|
|
|
5058 class CWizard97SheetWindow : public CPropertySheetWindow
|
|
|
5059 {
|
|
|
5060 public:
|
|
|
5061 // Constructors
|
|
|
5062 CWizard97SheetWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : CPropertySheetWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
5063 { }
|
|
|
5064
|
|
|
5065 CWizard97SheetWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
5066 {
|
|
|
5067 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
5068 return *this;
|
|
|
5069 }
|
|
|
5070
|
|
|
5071 // Operations
|
|
|
5072 HFONT GetExteriorPageTitleFont(void)
|
|
|
5073 {
|
|
|
5074 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5075 return (HFONT)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, GetMessage_GetExteriorPageTitleFont(), 0, 0L);
|
|
|
5076 }
|
|
|
5077
|
|
|
5078 HFONT GetBulletFont(void)
|
|
|
5079 {
|
|
|
5080 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5081 return (HFONT)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, GetMessage_GetBulletFont(), 0, 0L);
|
|
|
5082 }
|
|
|
5083
|
|
|
5084 // Helpers
|
|
|
5085 static UINT GetMessage_GetExteriorPageTitleFont()
|
|
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 static UINT uGetExteriorPageTitleFont = 0;
|
|
|
5088 if(uGetExteriorPageTitleFont == 0)
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
|
5090 CStaticDataInitCriticalSectionLock lock;
|
|
|
5091 if(FAILED(lock.Lock()))
|
|
|
5092 {
|
|
|
5093 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("ERROR : Unable to lock critical section in CWizard97SheetWindow::GetMessage_GetExteriorPageTitleFont().\n"));
|
|
|
5094 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
5095 return 0;
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 if(uGetExteriorPageTitleFont == 0)
|
|
|
5099 uGetExteriorPageTitleFont = ::RegisterWindowMessage(_T("GetExteriorPageTitleFont_531AF056-B8BE-4c4c-B786-AC608DF0DF12"));
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101 lock.Unlock();
|
|
|
5102 }
|
|
|
5103 ATLASSERT(uGetExteriorPageTitleFont != 0);
|
|
|
5104 return uGetExteriorPageTitleFont;
|
|
|
5105 }
|
|
|
5106
|
|
|
5107 static UINT GetMessage_GetBulletFont()
|
|
|
5108 {
|
|
|
5109 static UINT uGetBulletFont = 0;
|
|
|
5110 if(uGetBulletFont == 0)
|
|
|
5111 {
|
|
|
5112 CStaticDataInitCriticalSectionLock lock;
|
|
|
5113 if(FAILED(lock.Lock()))
|
|
|
5114 {
|
|
|
5115 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("ERROR : Unable to lock critical section in CWizard97SheetWindow::GetMessage_GetBulletFont().\n"));
|
|
|
5116 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
5117 return 0;
|
|
|
5118 }
|
|
|
5119
|
|
|
5120 if(uGetBulletFont == 0)
|
|
|
5121 uGetBulletFont = ::RegisterWindowMessage(_T("GetBulletFont_AD347D08-8F65-45ef-982E-6352E8218AD5"));
|
|
|
5122
|
|
|
5123 lock.Unlock();
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125 ATLASSERT(uGetBulletFont != 0);
|
|
|
5126 return uGetBulletFont;
|
|
|
5127 }
|
|
|
5128
|
|
|
5129 // Implementation - override to prevent usage
|
|
|
5130 HWND Create(LPCTSTR, HWND, ATL::_U_RECT = NULL, LPCTSTR = NULL, DWORD = 0, DWORD = 0, ATL::_U_MENUorID = 0U, LPVOID = NULL)
|
|
|
5131 {
|
|
|
5132 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
5133 return NULL;
|
|
|
5134 }
|
|
|
5135 };
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5139 // CWizard97SheetImpl - implements a Wizard 97 style wizard sheet
|
|
|
5140
|
|
|
5141 template <class T, class TBase = CWizard97SheetWindow>
|
|
|
5142 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CWizard97SheetImpl : public CPropertySheetImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
5143 {
|
|
|
5144 protected:
|
|
|
5145 // Typedefs
|
|
|
5146 typedef CWizard97SheetImpl< T, TBase > thisClass;
|
|
|
5147 typedef CPropertySheetImpl< T, TBase > baseClass;
|
|
|
5148
|
|
|
5149 // Member variables
|
|
|
5150 CFont m_fontExteriorPageTitle; // Welcome and Completion page title font
|
|
|
5151 CFont m_fontBullet; // Bullet font (used on static text 'h' to produce a small bullet)
|
|
|
5152 bool m_bReceivedFirstSizeMessage;
|
|
|
5153
|
|
|
5154 public:
|
|
|
5155 CWizard97SheetImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title, ATL::_U_STRINGorID headerBitmap, ATL::_U_STRINGorID watermarkBitmap, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL) :
|
|
|
5156 baseClass(title, uStartPage, hWndParent),
|
|
|
5157 m_bReceivedFirstSizeMessage(false)
|
|
|
5158 {
|
|
|
5159 this->m_psh.dwFlags &= ~(PSH_NOCONTEXTHELP);
|
|
|
5160 this->m_psh.dwFlags &= ~(PSH_WIZARD | PSH_WIZARD_LITE);
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= (PSH_HASHELP | PSH_WIZARDCONTEXTHELP);
|
|
|
5163 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_WIZARD97;
|
|
|
5164
|
|
|
5165 baseClass::SetHeader(headerBitmap.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
5166 baseClass::SetWatermark(watermarkBitmap.m_lpstr);
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168
|
|
|
5169 // Overrides from base class
|
|
|
5170 void OnSheetInitialized()
|
|
|
5171 {
|
|
|
5172 T* pT = static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
5173 pT->_InitializeFonts();
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 // We'd like to center the wizard here, but its too early.
|
|
|
5176 // Instead, we'll do CenterWindow upon our first WM_SIZE message
|
|
|
5177 }
|
|
|
5178
|
|
|
5179 // Initialization
|
|
|
5180 void _InitializeFonts()
|
|
|
5181 {
|
|
|
5182 // Setup the Title and Bullet Font
|
|
|
5183 // (Property pages can send the "get external page title font" and "get bullet font" messages)
|
|
|
5184 // The derived class needs to do the actual SetFont for the dialog items)
|
|
|
5185
|
|
|
5186 CFontHandle fontThisDialog = this->GetFont();
|
|
|
5187 CClientDC dcScreen(NULL);
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 LOGFONT titleLogFont = {};
|
|
|
5190 LOGFONT bulletLogFont = {};
|
|
|
5191 fontThisDialog.GetLogFont(&titleLogFont);
|
|
|
5192 fontThisDialog.GetLogFont(&bulletLogFont);
|
|
|
5193
|
|
|
5194 // The Wizard 97 Spec recommends to do the Title Font
|
|
|
5195 // as Verdana Bold, 12pt.
|
|
|
5196 titleLogFont.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
|
|
|
5197 titleLogFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
|
|
|
5198 ATL::Checked::tcscpy_s(titleLogFont.lfFaceName, _countof(titleLogFont.lfFaceName), _T("Verdana Bold"));
|
|
|
5199 INT titleFontPointSize = 12;
|
|
|
5200 titleLogFont.lfHeight = -::MulDiv(titleFontPointSize, dcScreen.GetDeviceCaps(LOGPIXELSY), 72);
|
|
|
5201 m_fontExteriorPageTitle.CreateFontIndirect(&titleLogFont);
|
|
|
5202
|
|
|
5203 // The Wizard 97 Spec recommends to do Bullets by having
|
|
|
5204 // static text of "h" in the Marlett font.
|
|
|
5205 bulletLogFont.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
|
|
|
5206 bulletLogFont.lfWeight = FW_NORMAL;
|
|
|
5207 ATL::Checked::tcscpy_s(bulletLogFont.lfFaceName, _countof(bulletLogFont.lfFaceName), _T("Marlett"));
|
|
|
5208 INT bulletFontSize = 8;
|
|
|
5209 bulletLogFont.lfHeight = -::MulDiv(bulletFontSize, dcScreen.GetDeviceCaps(LOGPIXELSY), 72);
|
|
|
5210 m_fontBullet.CreateFontIndirect(&bulletLogFont);
|
|
|
5211 }
|
|
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 // Message Handling
|
|
|
5214 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(thisClass)
|
|
|
5215 MESSAGE_HANDLER(CWizard97SheetWindow::GetMessage_GetExteriorPageTitleFont(), OnGetExteriorPageTitleFont)
|
|
|
5216 MESSAGE_HANDLER(CWizard97SheetWindow::GetMessage_GetBulletFont(), OnGetBulletFont)
|
|
|
5217 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_SIZE, OnSize)
|
|
|
5218 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(baseClass)
|
|
|
5219 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5220
|
|
|
5221 LRESULT OnGetExteriorPageTitleFont(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
5222 {
|
|
|
5223 return (LRESULT)(HFONT)m_fontExteriorPageTitle;
|
|
|
5224 }
|
|
|
5225
|
|
|
5226 LRESULT OnGetBulletFont(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& /*bHandled*/)
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 return (LRESULT)(HFONT)m_fontBullet;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230
|
|
|
5231 LRESULT OnSize(UINT /*uMsg*/, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/, BOOL& bHandled)
|
|
|
5232 {
|
|
|
5233 if(!m_bReceivedFirstSizeMessage)
|
|
|
5234 {
|
|
|
5235 m_bReceivedFirstSizeMessage = true;
|
|
|
5236 this->CenterWindow();
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238
|
|
|
5239 bHandled = FALSE;
|
|
|
5240 return 0;
|
|
|
5241 }
|
|
|
5242 };
|
|
|
5243
|
|
|
5244 // for non-customized sheets
|
|
|
5245 class CWizard97Sheet : public CWizard97SheetImpl<CWizard97Sheet>
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 protected:
|
|
|
5248 // Typedefs
|
|
|
5249 typedef CWizard97Sheet thisClass;
|
|
|
5250 typedef CWizard97SheetImpl<CWizard97Sheet> baseClass;
|
|
|
5251
|
|
|
5252 public:
|
|
|
5253 CWizard97Sheet(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title, ATL::_U_STRINGorID headerBitmap, ATL::_U_STRINGorID watermarkBitmap, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL) :
|
|
|
5254 baseClass(title, headerBitmap, watermarkBitmap, uStartPage, hWndParent)
|
|
|
5255 { }
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(thisClass)
|
|
|
5258 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(baseClass)
|
|
|
5259 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5260 };
|
|
|
5261
|
|
|
5262
|
|
|
5263 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5264 // CWizard97PageWindow - client side for a Wizard 97 style wizard page
|
|
|
5265
|
|
|
5266 #define WIZARD97_EXTERIOR_CXDLG 317
|
|
|
5267 #define WIZARD97_EXTERIOR_CYDLG 193
|
|
|
5268
|
|
|
5269 #define WIZARD97_INTERIOR_CXDLG 317
|
|
|
5270 #define WIZARD97_INTERIOR_CYDLG 143
|
|
|
5271
|
|
|
5272 class CWizard97PageWindow : public CPropertyPageWindow
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
|
5274 public:
|
|
|
5275 // Constructors
|
|
|
5276 CWizard97PageWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : CPropertyPageWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
5277 { }
|
|
|
5278
|
|
|
5279 CWizard97PageWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
5280 {
|
|
|
5281 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
5282 return *this;
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 // Attributes
|
|
|
5286 CWizard97SheetWindow GetPropertySheet() const
|
|
|
5287 {
|
|
|
5288 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5289 return CWizard97SheetWindow(GetParent());
|
|
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291
|
|
|
5292 // Operations
|
|
|
5293 HFONT GetExteriorPageTitleFont(void)
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5296 return GetPropertySheet().GetExteriorPageTitleFont();
|
|
|
5297 }
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 HFONT GetBulletFont(void)
|
|
|
5300 {
|
|
|
5301 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5302 return GetPropertySheet().GetBulletFont();
|
|
|
5303 }
|
|
|
5304
|
|
|
5305 // Implementation - overrides to prevent usage
|
|
|
5306 HWND Create(LPCTSTR, HWND, ATL::_U_RECT = NULL, LPCTSTR = NULL, DWORD = 0, DWORD = 0, ATL::_U_MENUorID = 0U, LPVOID = NULL)
|
|
|
5307 {
|
|
|
5308 ATLASSERT(FALSE);
|
|
|
5309 return NULL;
|
|
|
5310 }
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 };
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5316 // CWizard97PageImpl - implements a Wizard 97 style wizard page
|
|
|
5317
|
|
|
5318 template <class T, class TBase = CWizard97PageWindow>
|
|
|
5319 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CWizard97PageImpl : public CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
5320 {
|
|
|
5321 protected:
|
|
|
5322 // Typedefs
|
|
|
5323 typedef CWizard97PageImpl< T, TBase > thisClass;
|
|
|
5324 typedef CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase > baseClass;
|
|
|
5325
|
|
|
5326 public:
|
|
|
5327 CWizard97PageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : baseClass(title)
|
|
|
5328 { }
|
|
|
5329
|
|
|
5330 // Message Handling
|
|
|
5331 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(thisClass)
|
|
|
5332 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(baseClass)
|
|
|
5333 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5334 };
|
|
|
5335
|
|
|
5336
|
|
|
5337 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5338 // CWizard97ExteriorPageImpl - implements a Wizard 97 style exterior wizard page
|
|
|
5339
|
|
|
5340 template <class T, class TBase = CWizard97PageWindow>
|
|
|
5341 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CWizard97ExteriorPageImpl : public CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
5342 {
|
|
|
5343 protected:
|
|
|
5344 // Typedefs
|
|
|
5345 typedef CWizard97ExteriorPageImpl< T, TBase > thisClass;
|
|
|
5346 typedef CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase > baseClass;
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 public:
|
|
|
5349 // Constructors
|
|
|
5350 CWizard97ExteriorPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : baseClass(title)
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 this->m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_HASHELP;
|
|
|
5353 this->m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_HIDEHEADER;
|
|
|
5354 }
|
|
|
5355
|
|
|
5356 // Message Handling
|
|
|
5357 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(thisClass)
|
|
|
5358 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(baseClass)
|
|
|
5359 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5360 };
|
|
|
5361
|
|
|
5362
|
|
|
5363 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5364 // CWizard97InteriorPageImpl - implements a Wizard 97 style interior wizard page
|
|
|
5365
|
|
|
5366 template <class T, class TBase = CWizard97PageWindow>
|
|
|
5367 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CWizard97InteriorPageImpl : public CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
5368 {
|
|
|
5369 protected:
|
|
|
5370 // Typedefs
|
|
|
5371 typedef CWizard97InteriorPageImpl< T, TBase > thisClass;
|
|
|
5372 typedef CPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase > baseClass;
|
|
|
5373
|
|
|
5374 public:
|
|
|
5375 // Constructors
|
|
|
5376 CWizard97InteriorPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : baseClass(title)
|
|
|
5377 {
|
|
|
5378 this->m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_HASHELP;
|
|
|
5379 this->m_psp.dwFlags &= ~PSP_HIDEHEADER;
|
|
|
5380 this->m_psp.dwFlags |= PSP_USEHEADERTITLE | PSP_USEHEADERSUBTITLE;
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 // Be sure to have the derived class define this in the constructor.
|
|
|
5383 // We'll default it to something obvious in case its forgotten.
|
|
|
5384 baseClass::SetHeaderTitle(_T("Call SetHeaderTitle in Derived Class"));
|
|
|
5385 baseClass::SetHeaderSubTitle(_T("Call SetHeaderSubTitle in the constructor of the Derived Class."));
|
|
|
5386 }
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 // Message Handling
|
|
|
5389 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(thisClass)
|
|
|
5390 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(baseClass)
|
|
|
5391 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5392 };
|
|
|
5393
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5396 // Aero Wizard support
|
|
|
5397
|
|
|
5398 #if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5401 // CAeroWizardFrameWindow - client side for an Aero Wizard frame window
|
|
|
5402
|
|
|
5403 class CAeroWizardFrameWindow : public CPropertySheetWindow
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 public:
|
|
|
5406 // Constructors
|
|
|
5407 CAeroWizardFrameWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : CPropertySheetWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
5408 { }
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 CAeroWizardFrameWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
5411 {
|
|
|
5412 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
5413 return *this;
|
|
|
5414 }
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 // Operations - new, Aero Wizard only
|
|
|
5417 void SetNextText(LPCWSTR lpszText)
|
|
|
5418 {
|
|
|
5419 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5420 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETNEXTTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)lpszText);
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 void ShowWizardButtons(DWORD dwButtons, DWORD dwStates)
|
|
|
5424 {
|
|
|
5425 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5426 ::PostMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SHOWWIZBUTTONS, (WPARAM)dwStates, (LPARAM)dwButtons);
|
|
|
5427 }
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 void EnableWizardButtons(DWORD dwButtons, DWORD dwStates)
|
|
|
5430 {
|
|
|
5431 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5432 ::PostMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_ENABLEWIZBUTTONS, (WPARAM)dwStates, (LPARAM)dwButtons);
|
|
|
5433 }
|
|
|
5434
|
|
|
5435 void SetButtonText(DWORD dwButton, LPCWSTR lpszText)
|
|
|
5436 {
|
|
|
5437 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5438 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETBUTTONTEXT, (WPARAM)dwButton, (LPARAM)lpszText);
|
|
|
5439 }
|
|
|
5440 };
|
|
|
5441
|
|
|
5442
|
|
|
5443 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5444 // CAeroWizardFrameImpl - implements an Aero Wizard frame
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 template <class T, class TBase = CAeroWizardFrameWindow>
|
|
|
5447 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CAeroWizardFrameImpl : public CPropertySheetImpl<T, TBase >
|
|
|
5448 {
|
|
|
5449 public:
|
|
|
5450 // Constructor
|
|
|
5451 CAeroWizardFrameImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL) :
|
|
|
5452 CPropertySheetImpl<T, TBase >(title, uStartPage, hWndParent)
|
|
|
5453 {
|
|
|
5454 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_WIZARD | PSH_AEROWIZARD;
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 // Operations
|
|
|
5458 void EnableResizing()
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
5461 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_RESIZABLE;
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 void UseHeaderBitmap()
|
|
|
5465 {
|
|
|
5466 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
5467 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_HEADERBITMAP;
|
|
|
5468 }
|
|
|
5469
|
|
|
5470 void SetNoMargin()
|
|
|
5471 {
|
|
|
5472 ATLASSERT(this->m_hWnd == NULL); // can't do this after it's created
|
|
|
5473 this->m_psh.dwFlags |= PSH_NOMARGIN;
|
|
|
5474 }
|
|
|
5475
|
|
|
5476 // Override to prevent use
|
|
|
5477 HWND Create(HWND /*hWndParent*/ = NULL)
|
|
|
5478 {
|
|
|
5479 ATLASSERT(FALSE); // not supported for Aero Wizard
|
|
|
5480 return NULL;
|
|
|
5481 }
|
|
|
5482 };
|
|
|
5483
|
|
|
5484
|
|
|
5485 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5486 // CAeroWizardFrame - for non-customized frames
|
|
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 class CAeroWizardFrame : public CAeroWizardFrameImpl<CAeroWizardFrame>
|
|
|
5489 {
|
|
|
5490 public:
|
|
|
5491 CAeroWizardFrame(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL, UINT uStartPage = 0, HWND hWndParent = NULL)
|
|
|
5492 : CAeroWizardFrameImpl<CAeroWizardFrame>(title, uStartPage, hWndParent)
|
|
|
5493 { }
|
|
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CAeroWizardFrame)
|
|
|
5496 MESSAGE_HANDLER(WM_COMMAND, CAeroWizardFrameImpl<CAeroWizardFrame>::OnCommand)
|
|
|
5497 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5498 };
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500
|
|
|
5501 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5502 // CAeroWizardPageWindow - client side for an Aero Wizard page
|
|
|
5503
|
|
|
5504 class CAeroWizardPageWindow : public CPropertyPageWindow
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 public:
|
|
|
5507 // Constructors
|
|
|
5508 CAeroWizardPageWindow(HWND hWnd = NULL) : CPropertyPageWindow(hWnd)
|
|
|
5509 { }
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 CAeroWizardPageWindow& operator =(HWND hWnd)
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
5514 return *this;
|
|
|
5515 }
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 // Attributes
|
|
|
5518 CAeroWizardFrameWindow GetAeroWizardFrame() const
|
|
|
5519 {
|
|
|
5520 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5521 // This is not really top-level frame window, but it processes all frame messages
|
|
|
5522 return CAeroWizardFrameWindow(GetParent());
|
|
|
5523 }
|
|
|
5524
|
|
|
5525 // Operations - new, Aero Wizard only
|
|
|
5526 void SetNextText(LPCWSTR lpszText)
|
|
|
5527 {
|
|
|
5528 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5529 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
5530 GetAeroWizardFrame().SetNextText(lpszText);
|
|
|
5531 }
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 void ShowWizardButtons(DWORD dwButtons, DWORD dwStates)
|
|
|
5534 {
|
|
|
5535 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5536 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
5537 GetAeroWizardFrame().ShowWizardButtons(dwButtons, dwStates);
|
|
|
5538 }
|
|
|
5539
|
|
|
5540 void EnableWizardButtons(DWORD dwButtons, DWORD dwStates)
|
|
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5543 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
5544 GetAeroWizardFrame().EnableWizardButtons(dwButtons, dwStates);
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 void SetButtonText(DWORD dwButton, LPCWSTR lpszText)
|
|
|
5548 {
|
|
|
5549 ATLASSERT(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
|
|
|
5550 ATLASSERT(GetParent() != NULL);
|
|
|
5551 GetAeroWizardFrame().SetButtonText(dwButton, lpszText);
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553 };
|
|
|
5554
|
|
|
5555
|
|
|
5556 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5557 // CAeroWizardPageImpl - implements an Aero Wizard page
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 template <class T, class TBase = CAeroWizardPageWindow>
|
|
|
5560 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CAeroWizardPageImpl : public CPropertyPageImpl<T, TBase >
|
|
|
5561 {
|
|
|
5562 public:
|
|
|
5563 CAeroWizardPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CPropertyPageImpl<T, TBase >(title)
|
|
|
5564 { }
|
|
|
5565 };
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567
|
|
|
5568 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5569 // CAeroWizardPage - for non-customized pages
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 template <WORD t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
5572 class CAeroWizardPage : public CAeroWizardPageImpl<CAeroWizardPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 public:
|
|
|
5575 enum { IDD = t_wDlgTemplateID };
|
|
|
5576
|
|
|
5577 CAeroWizardPage(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CAeroWizardPageImpl<CAeroWizardPage>(title)
|
|
|
5578 { }
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 DECLARE_EMPTY_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5581 };
|
|
|
5582
|
|
|
5583
|
|
|
5584 #ifndef _ATL_NO_HOSTING
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 // Note: You must #include <atlhost.h> to use these classes
|
|
|
5587
|
|
|
5588 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5589 // CAeroWizardAxPageImpl - Aero Wizard page that hosts ActiveX controls
|
|
|
5590
|
|
|
5591 template <class T, class TBase = CAeroWizardPageWindow>
|
|
|
5592 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CAeroWizardAxPageImpl : public CAxPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >
|
|
|
5593 {
|
|
|
5594 public:
|
|
|
5595 CAeroWizardAxPageImpl(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CAxPropertyPageImpl< T, TBase >(title)
|
|
|
5596 { }
|
|
|
5597 };
|
|
|
5598
|
|
|
5599
|
|
|
5600 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5601 // CAeroWizardAxPage - for non-customized pages
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 template <WORD t_wDlgTemplateID>
|
|
|
5604 class CAeroWizardAxPage : public CAeroWizardAxPageImpl<CAeroWizardAxPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >
|
|
|
5605 {
|
|
|
5606 public:
|
|
|
5607 enum { IDD = t_wDlgTemplateID };
|
|
|
5608
|
|
|
5609 CAeroWizardAxPage(ATL::_U_STRINGorID title = (LPCTSTR)NULL) : CAeroWizardAxPageImpl<CAeroWizardAxPage>(title)
|
|
|
5610 { }
|
|
|
5611
|
|
|
5612 BEGIN_MSG_MAP(CAeroWizardAxPage)
|
|
|
5613 CHAIN_MSG_MAP(CAeroWizardAxPageImpl<CAeroWizardAxPage<t_wDlgTemplateID> >)
|
|
|
5614 END_MSG_MAP()
|
|
|
5615 };
|
|
|
5616
|
|
|
5617 #endif // _ATL_NO_HOSTING
|
|
|
5618
|
|
|
5619 #endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600)
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5623 // TaskDialog support
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 #if (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600) || defined(_WTL_TASKDIALOG)
|
|
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5628 // AtlTaskDialog - support for TaskDialog() function
|
|
|
5629
|
|
|
5630 inline int AtlTaskDialog(HWND hWndParent,
|
|
|
5631 ATL::_U_STRINGorID WindowTitle, ATL::_U_STRINGorID MainInstructionText, ATL::_U_STRINGorID ContentText,
|
|
|
5632 TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons = 0U, ATL::_U_STRINGorID Icon = (LPCTSTR)NULL)
|
|
|
5633 {
|
|
|
5634 int nRet = -1;
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef _WTL_TASKDIALOG_DIRECT
|
|
|
5637 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
5638 HRESULT hRet = ::TaskDialog(hWndParent, ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance(),
|
|
|
5639 IS_INTRESOURCE(WindowTitle.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) WindowTitle.m_lpstr : T2CW(WindowTitle.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5640 IS_INTRESOURCE(MainInstructionText.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) MainInstructionText.m_lpstr : T2CW(MainInstructionText.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5641 IS_INTRESOURCE(ContentText.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) ContentText.m_lpstr : T2CW(ContentText.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5642 dwCommonButtons,
|
|
|
5643 IS_INTRESOURCE(Icon.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) Icon.m_lpstr : T2CW(Icon.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5644 &nRet);
|
|
|
5645 ATLVERIFY(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
5646 #else
|
|
|
5647 // This allows apps to run on older versions of Windows
|
|
|
5648 typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *PFN_TaskDialog)(HWND hwndParent, HINSTANCE hInstance, PCWSTR pszWindowTitle, PCWSTR pszMainInstruction, PCWSTR pszContent, TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons, PCWSTR pszIcon, int* pnButton);
|
|
|
5649
|
|
|
5650 HMODULE m_hCommCtrlDLL = ::LoadLibrary(_T("comctl32.dll"));
|
|
|
5651 if(m_hCommCtrlDLL != NULL)
|
|
|
5652 {
|
|
|
5653 PFN_TaskDialog pfnTaskDialog = (PFN_TaskDialog)::GetProcAddress(m_hCommCtrlDLL, "TaskDialog");
|
|
|
5654 if(pfnTaskDialog != NULL)
|
|
|
5655 {
|
|
|
5656 USES_CONVERSION;
|
|
|
5657 HRESULT hRet = pfnTaskDialog(hWndParent, ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance(),
|
|
|
5658 IS_INTRESOURCE(WindowTitle.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) WindowTitle.m_lpstr : T2CW(WindowTitle.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5659 IS_INTRESOURCE(MainInstructionText.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) MainInstructionText.m_lpstr : T2CW(MainInstructionText.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5660 IS_INTRESOURCE(ContentText.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) ContentText.m_lpstr : T2CW(ContentText.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5661 dwCommonButtons,
|
|
|
5662 IS_INTRESOURCE(Icon.m_lpstr) ? (LPCWSTR) Icon.m_lpstr : T2CW(Icon.m_lpstr),
|
|
|
5663 &nRet);
|
|
|
5664 ATLVERIFY(SUCCEEDED(hRet));
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666
|
|
|
5667 ::FreeLibrary(m_hCommCtrlDLL);
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 #endif
|
|
|
5670
|
|
|
5671 return nRet;
|
|
|
5672 }
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5676 // CTaskDialogConfig - TASKDIALOGCONFIG wrapper
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 class CTaskDialogConfig : public TASKDIALOGCONFIG
|
|
|
5679 {
|
|
|
5680 public:
|
|
|
5681 // Constructor
|
|
|
5682 CTaskDialogConfig()
|
|
|
5683 {
|
|
|
5684 Init();
|
|
|
5685 }
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 void Init()
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 memset(this, 0, sizeof(TASKDIALOGCONFIG)); // initialize structure to 0/NULL
|
|
|
5690 this->cbSize = sizeof(TASKDIALOGCONFIG);
|
|
|
5691 this->hInstance = ModuleHelper::GetResourceInstance();
|
|
|
5692 }
|
|
|
5693
|
|
|
5694 // Operations - setting values
|
|
|
5695 // common buttons
|
|
|
5696 void SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtonsArg)
|
|
|
5697 {
|
|
|
5698 this->dwCommonButtons = dwCommonButtonsArg;
|
|
|
5699 }
|
|
|
5700
|
|
|
5701 // window title text
|
|
|
5702 void SetWindowTitle(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5703 {
|
|
|
5704 this->pszWindowTitle = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5705 }
|
|
|
5706
|
|
|
5707 void SetWindowTitle(LPCWSTR lpstrWindowTitle)
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 this->pszWindowTitle = lpstrWindowTitle;
|
|
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711
|
|
|
5712 // main icon
|
|
|
5713 void SetMainIcon(HICON hIcon)
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 this->dwFlags |= TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN;
|
|
|
5716 this->hMainIcon = hIcon;
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
|
5718
|
|
|
5719 void SetMainIcon(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5720 {
|
|
|
5721 this->dwFlags &= ~TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN;
|
|
|
5722 this->pszMainIcon = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5723 }
|
|
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 void SetMainIcon(LPCWSTR lpstrMainIcon)
|
|
|
5726 {
|
|
|
5727 this->dwFlags &= ~TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN;
|
|
|
5728 this->pszMainIcon = lpstrMainIcon;
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730
|
|
|
5731 // main instruction text
|
|
|
5732 void SetMainInstructionText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5733 {
|
|
|
5734 this->pszMainInstruction = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 void SetMainInstructionText(LPCWSTR lpstrMainInstruction)
|
|
|
5738 {
|
|
|
5739 this->pszMainInstruction = lpstrMainInstruction;
|
|
|
5740 }
|
|
|
5741
|
|
|
5742 // content text
|
|
|
5743 void SetContentText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5744 {
|
|
|
5745 this->pszContent = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5746 }
|
|
|
5747
|
|
|
5748 void SetContentText(LPCWSTR lpstrContent)
|
|
|
5749 {
|
|
|
5750 this->pszContent = lpstrContent;
|
|
|
5751 }
|
|
|
5752
|
|
|
5753 // buttons
|
|
|
5754 void SetButtons(const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON* pButtonsArg, UINT cButtonsArg, int nDefaultButtonArg = 0)
|
|
|
5755 {
|
|
|
5756 this->pButtons = pButtonsArg;
|
|
|
5757 this->cButtons = cButtonsArg;
|
|
|
5758 if(nDefaultButtonArg != 0)
|
|
|
5759 this->nDefaultButton = nDefaultButtonArg;
|
|
|
5760 }
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 void SetDefaultButton(int nDefaultButtonArg)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 this->nDefaultButton = nDefaultButtonArg;
|
|
|
5765 }
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 // radio buttons
|
|
|
5768 void SetRadioButtons(const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON* pRadioButtonsArg, UINT cRadioButtonsArg, int nDefaultRadioButtonArg = 0)
|
|
|
5769 {
|
|
|
5770 this->pRadioButtons = pRadioButtonsArg;
|
|
|
5771 this->cRadioButtons = cRadioButtonsArg;
|
|
|
5772 if(nDefaultRadioButtonArg != 0)
|
|
|
5773 this->nDefaultRadioButton = nDefaultRadioButtonArg;
|
|
|
5774 }
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 void SetDefaultRadioButton(int nDefaultRadioButtonArg)
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 this->nDefaultRadioButton = nDefaultRadioButtonArg;
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 // verification text
|
|
|
5782 void SetVerificationText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5783 {
|
|
|
5784 this->pszVerificationText = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 void SetVerificationText(LPCWSTR lpstrVerificationText)
|
|
|
5788 {
|
|
|
5789 this->pszVerificationText = lpstrVerificationText;
|
|
|
5790 }
|
|
|
5791
|
|
|
5792 // expanded information text
|
|
|
5793 void SetExpandedInformationText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 this->pszExpandedInformation = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5796 }
|
|
|
5797
|
|
|
5798 void SetExpandedInformationText(LPCWSTR lpstrExpandedInformation)
|
|
|
5799 {
|
|
|
5800 this->pszExpandedInformation = lpstrExpandedInformation;
|
|
|
5801 }
|
|
|
5802
|
|
|
5803 // expanded control text
|
|
|
5804 void SetExpandedControlText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5805 {
|
|
|
5806 this->pszExpandedControlText = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5807 }
|
|
|
5808
|
|
|
5809 void SetExpandedControlText(LPCWSTR lpstrExpandedControlText)
|
|
|
5810 {
|
|
|
5811 this->pszExpandedControlText = lpstrExpandedControlText;
|
|
|
5812 }
|
|
|
5813
|
|
|
5814 // collapsed control text
|
|
|
5815 void SetCollapsedControlText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5816 {
|
|
|
5817 this->pszCollapsedControlText = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5818 }
|
|
|
5819
|
|
|
5820 void SetCollapsedControlText(LPCWSTR lpstrCollapsedControlText)
|
|
|
5821 {
|
|
|
5822 this->pszCollapsedControlText = lpstrCollapsedControlText;
|
|
|
5823 }
|
|
|
5824
|
|
|
5825 // footer icon
|
|
|
5826 void SetFooterIcon(HICON hIcon)
|
|
|
5827 {
|
|
|
5828 this->dwFlags |= TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER;
|
|
|
5829 this->hFooterIcon = hIcon;
|
|
|
5830 }
|
|
|
5831
|
|
|
5832 void SetFooterIcon(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5833 {
|
|
|
5834 this->dwFlags &= ~TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER;
|
|
|
5835 this->pszFooterIcon = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5836 }
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 void SetFooterIcon(LPCWSTR lpstrFooterIcon)
|
|
|
5839 {
|
|
|
5840 this->dwFlags &= ~TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER;
|
|
|
5841 this->pszFooterIcon = lpstrFooterIcon;
|
|
|
5842 }
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 // footer text
|
|
|
5845 void SetFooterText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5846 {
|
|
|
5847 this->pszFooter = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849
|
|
|
5850 void SetFooterText(LPCWSTR lpstrFooterText)
|
|
|
5851 {
|
|
|
5852 this->pszFooter = lpstrFooterText;
|
|
|
5853 }
|
|
|
5854
|
|
|
5855 // width (in DLUs)
|
|
|
5856 void SetWidth(UINT cxWidthArg)
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 this->cxWidth = cxWidthArg;
|
|
|
5859 }
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 // modify flags
|
|
|
5862 void ModifyFlags(DWORD dwRemove, DWORD dwAdd)
|
|
|
5863 {
|
|
|
5864 this->dwFlags = (this->dwFlags & ~dwRemove) | dwAdd;
|
|
|
5865 }
|
|
|
5866 };
|
|
|
5867
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
5870 // CTaskDialogImpl - implements a Task Dialog
|
|
|
5871
|
|
|
5872 template <class T>
|
|
|
5873 class ATL_NO_VTABLE CTaskDialogImpl
|
|
|
5874 {
|
|
|
5875 public:
|
|
|
5876 CTaskDialogConfig m_tdc;
|
|
|
5877 HWND m_hWnd; // used only in callback functions
|
|
|
5878
|
|
|
5879 // Constructor
|
|
|
5880 CTaskDialogImpl(HWND hWndParent = NULL) : m_hWnd(NULL)
|
|
|
5881 {
|
|
|
5882 m_tdc.hwndParent = hWndParent;
|
|
|
5883 m_tdc.pfCallback = T::TaskDialogCallback;
|
|
|
5884 m_tdc.lpCallbackData = (LONG_PTR)static_cast<T*>(this);
|
|
|
5885 }
|
|
|
5886
|
|
|
5887 // Operations
|
|
|
5888 HRESULT DoModal(HWND hWndParent = ::GetActiveWindow(), int* pnButton = NULL, int* pnRadioButton = NULL, BOOL* pfVerificationFlagChecked = NULL)
|
|
|
5889 {
|
|
|
5890 if(m_tdc.hwndParent == NULL)
|
|
|
5891 m_tdc.hwndParent = hWndParent;
|
|
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 #ifdef _WTL_TASKDIALOG_DIRECT
|
|
|
5894 return ::TaskDialogIndirect(&m_tdc, pnButton, pnRadioButton, pfVerificationFlagChecked);
|
|
|
5895 #else
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 // This allows apps to run on older versions of Windows
|
|
|
5898 typedef HRESULT (STDAPICALLTYPE *PFN_TaskDialogIndirect)(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG* pTaskConfig, int* pnButton, int* pnRadioButton, BOOL* pfVerificationFlagChecked);
|
|
|
5899
|
|
|
5900 HRESULT hRet = E_UNEXPECTED;
|
|
|
5901 HMODULE m_hCommCtrlDLL = ::LoadLibrary(_T("comctl32.dll"));
|
|
|
5902 if(m_hCommCtrlDLL != NULL)
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 PFN_TaskDialogIndirect pfnTaskDialogIndirect = (PFN_TaskDialogIndirect)::GetProcAddress(m_hCommCtrlDLL, "TaskDialogIndirect");
|
|
|
5905 if(pfnTaskDialogIndirect != NULL)
|
|
|
5906 hRet = pfnTaskDialogIndirect(&m_tdc, pnButton, pnRadioButton, pfVerificationFlagChecked);
|
|
|
5907
|
|
|
5908 ::FreeLibrary(m_hCommCtrlDLL);
|
|
|
5909 }
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 return hRet;
|
|
|
5912 #endif
|
|
|
5913 }
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 // Operations - setting values of TASKDIALOGCONFIG
|
|
|
5916 // common buttons
|
|
|
5917 void SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons)
|
|
|
5918 { m_tdc.SetCommonButtons(dwCommonButtons); }
|
|
|
5919 // window title text
|
|
|
5920 void SetWindowTitle(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5921 { m_tdc.SetWindowTitle(nID); }
|
|
|
5922 void SetWindowTitle(LPCWSTR lpstrWindowTitle)
|
|
|
5923 { m_tdc.SetWindowTitle(lpstrWindowTitle); }
|
|
|
5924 // main icon
|
|
|
5925 void SetMainIcon(HICON hIcon)
|
|
|
5926 { m_tdc.SetMainIcon(hIcon); }
|
|
|
5927 void SetMainIcon(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5928 { m_tdc.SetMainIcon(nID); }
|
|
|
5929 void SetMainIcon(LPCWSTR lpstrMainIcon)
|
|
|
5930 { m_tdc.SetMainIcon(lpstrMainIcon); }
|
|
|
5931 // main instruction text
|
|
|
5932 void SetMainInstructionText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5933 { m_tdc.SetMainInstructionText(nID); }
|
|
|
5934 void SetMainInstructionText(LPCWSTR lpstrMainInstruction)
|
|
|
5935 { m_tdc.SetMainInstructionText(lpstrMainInstruction); }
|
|
|
5936 // content text
|
|
|
5937 void SetContentText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5938 { m_tdc.SetContentText(nID); }
|
|
|
5939 void SetContentText(LPCWSTR lpstrContent)
|
|
|
5940 { m_tdc.SetContentText(lpstrContent); }
|
|
|
5941 // buttons
|
|
|
5942 void SetButtons(const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON* pButtons, UINT cButtons, int nDefaultButton = 0)
|
|
|
5943 { m_tdc.SetButtons(pButtons, cButtons, nDefaultButton); }
|
|
|
5944 void SetDefaultButton(int nDefaultButton)
|
|
|
5945 { m_tdc.SetDefaultButton(nDefaultButton); }
|
|
|
5946 // radio buttons
|
|
|
5947 void SetRadioButtons(const TASKDIALOG_BUTTON* pRadioButtons, UINT cRadioButtons, int nDefaultRadioButton = 0)
|
|
|
5948 { m_tdc.SetRadioButtons(pRadioButtons, cRadioButtons, nDefaultRadioButton); }
|
|
|
5949 void SetDefaultRadioButton(int nDefaultRadioButton)
|
|
|
5950 { m_tdc.SetDefaultRadioButton(nDefaultRadioButton); }
|
|
|
5951 // verification text
|
|
|
5952 void SetVerificationText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5953 { m_tdc.SetVerificationText(nID); }
|
|
|
5954 void SetVerificationText(LPCWSTR lpstrVerificationText)
|
|
|
5955 { m_tdc.SetVerificationText(lpstrVerificationText); }
|
|
|
5956 // expanded information text
|
|
|
5957 void SetExpandedInformationText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5958 { m_tdc.SetExpandedInformationText(nID); }
|
|
|
5959 void SetExpandedInformationText(LPCWSTR lpstrExpandedInformation)
|
|
|
5960 { m_tdc.SetExpandedInformationText(lpstrExpandedInformation); }
|
|
|
5961 // expanded control text
|
|
|
5962 void SetExpandedControlText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5963 { m_tdc.SetExpandedControlText(nID); }
|
|
|
5964 void SetExpandedControlText(LPCWSTR lpstrExpandedControlText)
|
|
|
5965 { m_tdc.SetExpandedControlText(lpstrExpandedControlText); }
|
|
|
5966 // collapsed control text
|
|
|
5967 void SetCollapsedControlText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5968 { m_tdc.SetCollapsedControlText(nID); }
|
|
|
5969 void SetCollapsedControlText(LPCWSTR lpstrCollapsedControlText)
|
|
|
5970 { m_tdc.SetCollapsedControlText(lpstrCollapsedControlText); }
|
|
|
5971 // footer icon
|
|
|
5972 void SetFooterIcon(HICON hIcon)
|
|
|
5973 { m_tdc.SetFooterIcon(hIcon); }
|
|
|
5974 void SetFooterIcon(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5975 { m_tdc.SetFooterIcon(nID); }
|
|
|
5976 void SetFooterIcon(LPCWSTR lpstrFooterIcon)
|
|
|
5977 { m_tdc.SetFooterIcon(lpstrFooterIcon); }
|
|
|
5978 // footer text
|
|
|
5979 void SetFooterText(UINT nID)
|
|
|
5980 { m_tdc.SetFooterText(nID); }
|
|
|
5981 void SetFooterText(LPCWSTR lpstrFooterText)
|
|
|
5982 { m_tdc.SetFooterText(lpstrFooterText); }
|
|
|
5983 // width (in DLUs)
|
|
|
5984 void SetWidth(UINT cxWidth)
|
|
|
5985 { m_tdc.SetWidth(cxWidth); }
|
|
|
5986 // modify flags
|
|
|
5987 void ModifyFlags(DWORD dwRemove, DWORD dwAdd)
|
|
|
5988 { m_tdc.ModifyFlags(dwRemove, dwAdd); }
|
|
|
5989
|
|
|
5990 // Implementation
|
|
|
5991 static HRESULT CALLBACK TaskDialogCallback(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LONG_PTR lpRefData)
|
|
|
5992 {
|
|
|
5993 T* pT = (T*)lpRefData;
|
|
|
5994 ATLASSERT((pT->m_hWnd == NULL) || (pT->m_hWnd == hWnd));
|
|
|
5995
|
|
|
5996 BOOL bRet = FALSE;
|
|
|
5997 switch(uMsg)
|
|
|
5998 {
|
|
|
5999 case TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED:
|
|
|
6000 pT->m_hWnd = hWnd;
|
|
|
6001 pT->OnDialogConstructed();
|
|
|
6002 break;
|
|
|
6003 case TDN_CREATED:
|
|
|
6004 pT->OnCreated();
|
|
|
6005 break;
|
|
|
6006 case TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED:
|
|
|
6007 bRet = pT->OnButtonClicked((int)wParam);
|
|
|
6008 break;
|
|
|
6009 case TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED:
|
|
|
6010 pT->OnRadioButtonClicked((int)wParam);
|
|
|
6011 break;
|
|
|
6012 case TDN_HYPERLINK_CLICKED:
|
|
|
6013 pT->OnHyperlinkClicked((LPCWSTR)lParam);
|
|
|
6014 break;
|
|
|
6015 case TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED:
|
|
|
6016 pT->OnExpandoButtonClicked((wParam != 0));
|
|
|
6017 break;
|
|
|
6018 case TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED:
|
|
|
6019 pT->OnVerificationClicked((wParam != 0));
|
|
|
6020 break;
|
|
|
6021 case TDN_HELP:
|
|
|
6022 pT->OnHelp();
|
|
|
6023 break;
|
|
|
6024 case TDN_TIMER:
|
|
|
6025 bRet = pT->OnTimer((DWORD)wParam);
|
|
|
6026 break;
|
|
|
6027 case TDN_NAVIGATED:
|
|
|
6028 pT->OnNavigated();
|
|
|
6029 break;
|
|
|
6030 case TDN_DESTROYED:
|
|
|
6031 pT->OnDestroyed();
|
|
|
6032 pT->m_hWnd = NULL;
|
|
|
6033 break;
|
|
|
6034 default:
|
|
|
6035 ATLTRACE2(atlTraceUI, 0, _T("Unknown notification received in CTaskDialogImpl::TaskDialogCallback\n"));
|
|
|
6036 break;
|
|
|
6037 }
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 return (bRet != FALSE) ? S_OK : S_FALSE;
|
|
|
6040 }
|
|
|
6041
|
|
|
6042 // Overrideables - notification handlers
|
|
|
6043 void OnDialogConstructed()
|
|
|
6044 {
|
|
|
6045 }
|
|
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 void OnCreated()
|
|
|
6048 {
|
|
|
6049 }
|
|
|
6050
|
|
|
6051 BOOL OnButtonClicked(int /*nButton*/)
|
|
|
6052 {
|
|
|
6053 return FALSE; // don't prevent dialog to close
|
|
|
6054 }
|
|
|
6055
|
|
|
6056 void OnRadioButtonClicked(int /*nRadioButton*/)
|
|
|
6057 {
|
|
|
6058 }
|
|
|
6059
|
|
|
6060 void OnHyperlinkClicked(LPCWSTR /*pszHREF*/)
|
|
|
6061 {
|
|
|
6062 }
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 void OnExpandoButtonClicked(bool /*bExpanded*/)
|
|
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 }
|
|
|
6067
|
|
|
6068 void OnVerificationClicked(bool /*bChecked*/)
|
|
|
6069 {
|
|
|
6070 }
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 void OnHelp()
|
|
|
6073 {
|
|
|
6074 }
|
|
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 BOOL OnTimer(DWORD /*dwTickCount*/)
|
|
|
6077 {
|
|
|
6078 return FALSE; // don't reset counter
|
|
|
6079 }
|
|
|
6080
|
|
|
6081 void OnNavigated()
|
|
|
6082 {
|
|
|
6083 }
|
|
|
6084
|
|
|
6085 void OnDestroyed()
|
|
|
6086 {
|
|
|
6087 }
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 // Commands - valid to call only from handlers
|
|
|
6090 void NavigatePage(TASKDIALOGCONFIG& tdc)
|
|
|
6091 {
|
|
|
6092 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6093
|
|
|
6094 tdc.cbSize = sizeof(TASKDIALOGCONFIG);
|
|
|
6095 if(tdc.hwndParent == NULL)
|
|
|
6096 tdc.hwndParent = m_tdc.hwndParent;
|
|
|
6097 tdc.pfCallback = m_tdc.pfCallback;
|
|
|
6098 tdc.lpCallbackData = m_tdc.lpCallbackData;
|
|
|
6099 (TASKDIALOGCONFIG)m_tdc = tdc;
|
|
|
6100
|
|
|
6101 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE, 0, (LPARAM)&tdc);
|
|
|
6102 }
|
|
|
6103
|
|
|
6104 // modify TASKDIALOGCONFIG values, then call this to update task dialog
|
|
|
6105 void NavigatePage()
|
|
|
6106 {
|
|
|
6107 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6108 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE, 0, (LPARAM)&m_tdc);
|
|
|
6109 }
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 void ClickButton(int nButton)
|
|
|
6112 {
|
|
|
6113 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6114 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_CLICK_BUTTON, nButton, 0L);
|
|
|
6115 }
|
|
|
6116
|
|
|
6117 void SetMarqueeProgressBar(BOOL bMarquee)
|
|
|
6118 {
|
|
|
6119 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6120 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR, bMarquee, 0L);
|
|
|
6121 }
|
|
|
6122
|
|
|
6123 BOOL SetProgressBarState(int nNewState)
|
|
|
6124 {
|
|
|
6125 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6126 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_STATE, nNewState, 0L);
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128
|
|
|
6129 DWORD SetProgressBarRange(int nMinRange, int nMaxRange)
|
|
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6132 return (DWORD)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_RANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(nMinRange, nMaxRange));
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134
|
|
|
6135 int SetProgressBarPos(int nNewPos)
|
|
|
6136 {
|
|
|
6137 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6138 return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_POS, nNewPos, 0L);
|
|
|
6139 }
|
|
|
6140
|
|
|
6141 BOOL SetProgressBarMarquee(BOOL bMarquee, UINT uSpeed)
|
|
|
6142 {
|
|
|
6143 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6144 return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_MARQUEE, bMarquee, uSpeed);
|
|
|
6145 }
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 void SetElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS element, LPCWSTR lpstrText)
|
|
|
6148 {
|
|
|
6149 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6150 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, element, (LPARAM)lpstrText);
|
|
|
6151 }
|
|
|
6152
|
|
|
6153 void ClickRadioButton(int nRadioButton)
|
|
|
6154 {
|
|
|
6155 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6156 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_CLICK_RADIO_BUTTON, nRadioButton, 0L);
|
|
|
6157 }
|
|
|
6158
|
|
|
6159 void EnableButton(int nButton, BOOL bEnable)
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6162 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_ENABLE_BUTTON, nButton, bEnable);
|
|
|
6163 }
|
|
|
6164
|
|
|
6165 void EnableRadioButton(int nButton, BOOL bEnable)
|
|
|
6166 {
|
|
|
6167 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6168 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_ENABLE_RADIO_BUTTON, nButton, bEnable);
|
|
|
6169 }
|
|
|
6170
|
|
|
6171 void ClickVerification(BOOL bCheck, BOOL bFocus)
|
|
|
6172 {
|
|
|
6173 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6174 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_CLICK_VERIFICATION, bCheck, bFocus);
|
|
|
6175 }
|
|
|
6176
|
|
|
6177 void UpdateElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS element, LPCWSTR lpstrText)
|
|
|
6178 {
|
|
|
6179 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6180 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_UPDATE_ELEMENT_TEXT, element, (LPARAM)lpstrText);
|
|
|
6181 }
|
|
|
6182
|
|
|
6183 void SetButtonElevationRequiredState(int nButton, BOOL bElevation)
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6186 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_SET_BUTTON_ELEVATION_REQUIRED_STATE, nButton, bElevation);
|
|
|
6187 }
|
|
|
6188
|
|
|
6189 void UpdateIcon(TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS element, HICON hIcon)
|
|
|
6190 {
|
|
|
6191 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6192 #ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
|
6193 if(element == TDIE_ICON_MAIN)
|
|
|
6194 ATLASSERT((m_tdc.dwFlags & TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN) != 0);
|
|
|
6195 else if(element == TDIE_ICON_FOOTER)
|
|
|
6196 ATLASSERT((m_tdc.dwFlags & TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER) != 0);
|
|
|
6197 #endif // _DEBUG
|
|
|
6198 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_UPDATE_ICON, element, (LPARAM)hIcon);
|
|
|
6199 }
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 void UpdateIcon(TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS element, LPCWSTR lpstrIcon)
|
|
|
6202 {
|
|
|
6203 ATLASSERT(m_hWnd != NULL);
|
|
|
6204 #ifdef _DEBUG
|
|
|
6205 if(element == TDIE_ICON_MAIN)
|
|
|
6206 ATLASSERT((m_tdc.dwFlags & TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN) == 0);
|
|
|
6207 else if(element == TDIE_ICON_FOOTER)
|
|
|
6208 ATLASSERT((m_tdc.dwFlags & TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER) == 0);
|
|
|
6209 #endif // _DEBUG
|
|
|
6210 ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TDM_UPDATE_ICON, element, (LPARAM)lpstrIcon);
|
|
|
6211 }
|
|
|
6212 };
|
|
|
6213
|
|
|
6214
|
|
|
6215 ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
|
|
6216 // CTaskDialog - for non-customized task dialogs
|
|
|
6217
|
|
|
6218 class CTaskDialog : public CTaskDialogImpl<CTaskDialog>
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 public:
|
|
|
6221 CTaskDialog(HWND hWndParent = NULL) : CTaskDialogImpl<CTaskDialog>(hWndParent)
|
|
|
6222 {
|
|
|
6223 m_tdc.pfCallback = NULL;
|
|
|
6224 }
|
|
|
6225 };
|
|
|
6226
|
|
|
6227 #endif // (_WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600) || defined(_WTL_TASKDIALOG)
|
|
|
6228
|
|
|
6229 } // namespace WTL
|
|
|
6230
|
|
|
6231 #endif // __ATLDLGS_H__
|
